MiG-29 Trainer

ANNUAL REPORT

2002-2003

CCCCCONTENTSONTENTSONTENTSONTENTSONTENTS......................................................

1. Security Environment .............................................................................................................................................................. 1

2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence ....................................................................................................... 11

3. Indian Army ........................................................................................................................................................................... 18

4. Indian Navy ............................................................................................................................................................................ 25

5. Indian Air Force ..................................................................................................................................................................... 30

6. Coast Guard .......................................................................................................................................................................... 35

7. Defence Production and Supplies ......................................................................................................................................... 40

8. Defence Research and Development ................................................................................................................................... 57

9. Inter-Service Organisations................................................................................................................................................... 69

10. Recruitment and Training....................................................................................................................................................... 78

11. Resettlement and Welfare of Ex-servicemen ........................................................................................................................ 93

12. Cooperation Between the Armed Forces and Civil Authorities ........................................................................................... 105

13. National Cadet Corps .......................................................................................................................................................... 109

14. General ................................................................................................................................................................................ 115

15. Activities and Achievements of Vigilance Units ................................................................................................................... 126

16. Empowerment and Welfare of Women ................................................................................................................................ 127

Appendix-I ........................................................................................................................................................................... 130

Appendix-II .......................................................................................................................................................................... 133

Front Cover: Multi Barrel Rocket Launching System (MBRLS)—PINAKA

1SECURITY ENVIRONMENT.................................................................................................................

Keeping Vigil

1.1 India’s security concerns are defined by adynamic global security environment andthe perception that South Asia region is ofparticular global security interest. Thecontinuing presence of terrorist andfundamentalist forces in its neighbourhoodhas prompted India to maintain a high levelof defence vigilance and preparedness toface any challenge to its security.

1.2 The security challenges facing India arevaried and complex. The country faces aseries of low intensity conflicts characterizedby tribal, ethnic and left wing movementsand ideologies as also the proxy warconducted by Pakistan and various radicaljehadi outfits through the instrumentality ofterrorism. India is also affected by thetrafficking in drugs and proliferation ofsmall arms and the fact that it is surroundedby two neighbours with nuclear weaponsand missiles and history of past aggressionsand war. There is also the ever presentpossibility of hostile radical fundamentalistelements gaining access to the weapons ofmass destruction in Pakistan. The countryhas experienced four major conventionalborder wars besides an undeclared war atKargil. India’s response to these threats andchallenges has always been restrained,measured and moderate in keeping with itspeaceful outlook and reputation as a peaceloving country.

NATIONAL SECURITY OBJECTIVES

1.3 India’s national security objectives haveevolved against a backdrop of India’s corevalues namely, democracy, secularism andpeaceful co-existence and the national goalof social and economic development. Theseare:-

l defending the country’s borders asdefined by law and enshrined in theConstitution;

l protecting the lives and property ofits citizens against war, terrorism,nuclear threats and militantactivities;

l protecting the country frominstability and religious and otherforms of radicalism and extremismemanating from neighbouring states;

l securing the country against the useor the threat of use of weapons ofmass destruction;

l development of material, equipmentand technologies that have a bearingon India’s security, particularly itsdefence preparedness throughindigenous research, developmentand production, inter-alia toovercome restrictions on the transferof such items;

l promoting further co-operation andunderstanding with neighbouringcountries and implementingmutually agreed confidence-buildingmeasures; and

l pursuing security and strategicdialogues with major powers and keypartners.

SALIENT FEATURES OF THESECURITY ENVIRONMENT

1.4 India is strategically located in relation toboth continental Asia as well as the IndianOcean region. India’s geographical and

topographical diversity, especially on itsborders, poses unique challenges to ourarmed forces in terms of both equipmentand training.

1.5 It’s peninsular shape provides India acoastline of about 7600 kms and anexclusive economic zone(EEZ) of over 2million sq kms. The island territories in theEast are 1,300 kms away from the mainland, physically much closer to South EastAsia . The peninsular India is adjacent toone of the most vital sea-lanes stretchingfrom the Suez canal and Persian Gulf to theStraits of Malacca through which much ofthe oil from the Gulf region transits. Thisis an area which has attracted super powerrivalries in the past and continues to be aregion of heightened activity by extraregional navies on account of current globalsecurity concerns.

1.6 India’s size, strategic location, tradeinterests and a security environment thatextends from the Persian Gulf in the westto the Straits of Malacca in the east andfrom the Central Asian Republics in thenorth to near the equator in the south,underpin India’s security response. In viewof this strategic spread, it is essential forthe country to maintain a credible land,air and maritime force to safeguard itssecurity interests.

THE REGIONAL PICTURE

1.7 Though there have been positivedevelopments in Afghanistan and SriLanka, a closer look at the neighbourhoodand the wider region continues to presenta disturbing picture. Many of the countries

2

6

face internal instability threatening theireconomic progress and peace. However,the single greatest threat to peace andstability in the region is posed by thecombination of terrorism nurtured in andby Pakistan for its strategic objectives, andthe ingrained adventurism of the Pakistanimilitary motivated by its obsessive andcompulsive hostility towards India.Virtually every terrorist act anywhere in theworld today has a Pakistani fingerprintsomewhere. It is the root and epicentre ofinternational terrorism in the region andbeyond.

1.8. Afghanistan has, with the intervention ofthe international community, only justemerged from the dark years of areactionary, medieval and fundamentalistregime essentially created by Pakistan.While the new Government hasinternational legitimacy, the task ofreconstruction and rebuilding theinstitutions is formidable. Pakistan has avested interest in a weak and unstableAfghanistan which provides it anopportunity to meddle in the internalaffairs of the country in pursuit of its questfor strategic depth vis a vis India andCentral Asia. Any revival of jehadiactivities supported by Pakistan is of directsecurity concern to India in view of theirlinkages with terrorism and the proxy waragainst India. India is also committed tointernational engagement in Afghanistan sothat Pakistan cannot exploit the neglect andinattention of the international community,as it did after the Soviet withdrawal fromAfghanistan, to sponsor jehadi politics andtraining in the region.

1.9 In Pakistan, fundamentalist political partieshave taken advantage of the manipulatedelections that debarred the two mostpopular political leaders from contesting,to seize power in two provincialgovernments and a share in the coalitiongovernment at the Centre. Reports andevidence mount of both inward andoutward proliferation of nuclear weapontechnologies. Pakistan has also not lived upto its much-publicised promises to theinternational community to cease cross-border terrorism against India reversingeven those cosmetic steps that it took at thebeginning of the year, under internationalpressure, against fundamentalistorganizations. Worse still, periodicPakistani nuclear sabre-rattling, veiled andunveiled, has passed virtuallyunreprimanded by the internationalcommunity.

1.10 In Bangaladesh too, conservative, rightwing, religious fundamentalist politicalparties now have a place in the coalitiongovernment. Pakistan continues to takeadvantage of a favourable environment inBangladesh and of weak government inNepal, to promote fundamentalist thinkingand ISI activities in India in both thesecountries. In Sri Lanka, the ceasefirebetween the LTTE and the government isa positive development though the LTTEremains a potent non-state military forcethat continues to arm itself, and the dangerof backsliding of the political processremains. In Myanmar, the tussle betweenthe forces of democracy and the militarygovernment remains alive.

1.11 Further west of the region, the US-led war

against Iraq has generated a series ofsecurity concerns for India notably inrelation to the security of the large Indiancommunity resident there, and of oil andenergy supplies. There is also a very realrisk that the US-led coalition war in Iraqwill distract attention from Pakistanibehaviour in its neighbourhood,particularly in India but also Afghanistan,which Pakistan will use to step up itsadventurist activities in the region as it didafter the Soviet withdrawal fromAfghanistan. The war against Iraq couldalso aggravate the divide between theMuslim and non-Muslim world.

1.12 Against this backdrop, India remains fullycommitted to maintaining peace with itsneighbours and stability in the regionthrough a combination of defence-preparedness and unilateral restraint,confidence building and dialogue andexpanding bilateral interactions.

1.13 In the area of defence-preparedness, it hasreformed its higher defence managementand streamlined procurement procedures.Its defence policy and force posturesremain defensive in orientation while itsnuclear policy is characterized by acommitment to no-first-use, moratorium onnuclear testing, minimum credible nucleardeterrence, and the rejection of an armsrace or concepts and postures from theCold War era.

PAKISTAN

1.14 Pakistan’s polity has been repeatedlyhijacked by the military who have a vestedinterest in tension with India as it

3

7

strengthens their pre-eminence in thePakistani power structure. The past yearwitnessed a progressive consolidation ofthe role of the military, and in particularthat of General Musharraf, in the Pakistanipolity through the “referendum” of April2002, the Legal Framework Order (LFO) ofAugust, the enhanced and institutionalizedrole of the army in the strengthenedNational Security Council of Pakistan, andthe patently manipulated elections ofOctober. Together with the rise offundamentalist MMA, these developmentsdo not augur well for India’s security.

1.15 India has been on the receiving end ofPakistan’s policy of a proxy war againstIndia using terrorism for several decadesnow, first in the Punjab and then in Jammu& Kashmir and elsewhere. Pakistaniprovocation reached a dangerous pointwith the December 13, 2001 attack on theParliament. A more forceful responsebecame necessary. Additional troops weremoved along the Line of Control (LoC) andthe International Boundary in a state ofreadiness, inter alia to prevent furtherinfiltration of terrorists into India.

1.16 In response to these measures andinternational pressure, Pakistani President,General Pervez Musharraf announced ina speech on January 12, 2002, that“Pakistan will not allow its territory to beused for any terrorist activity anywhere inthe world”, that “no organization will beallowed to indulge in terrorism in the nameof Kashmir” and that “anyone foundinvolved in any terrorist act would be dealtwith sternly”. There was a temporary

crackdown on extremists in Pakistan.Terrorist groups such as Jaish-e-Mohammed and Lashkar-e-Tayyaba werebanned and some of their financial assetswere frozen. Some leaders were placedunder house arrest and around 2000 low-level cadres of terrorist organizations werearrested.

1.17 There was a temporary decline in crossborder infiltration and terrorist violencelinked to it in the months of January-March2002 while ‘jehadi’ cadres were advised tolie low. However, cross border infiltrationand terrorist violence continued andincreased as the measures were relaxedwith time. On May 14, 2002, terroristsattacked family lines of an army camp inKaluchak, Jammu district, killing 32civilians including 11 women and 11children. On May 18, 2002, India asked theGovernment of Pakistan to recall their HighCommissioner in New Delhi in view ofPakistan’s continued support to crossborder terrorism. Once again, underpressure, General Musharraf responded inhis speech of May 27, 2002 with acommitment to stop cross borderinfiltration and terrorism on a permanentbasis.

1.18 Despite General Musharraf’s commit-ments, cross border infiltration and relatedterrorist violence increased from July 2002onwards. On July 13, 2002 Pak-basedterrorists attacked a low-incomeneighbourhood in Qasimnagar. Attacks onsoft targets calculated to inflame sentimentshave continued . These include the attackson temples at Akshardham, and in Jammu

and on women in J&K. As recently as onMarch 20, 2003, Kashmiri Hindus living inNadimarg, Jammu were targeted in which24 Pundits, including 11 women and 2children were massacred in cold blood.These incidents underscore once again thatthere has been no respite in terrorism fromPakistan. They also underline the need forPakistan to take decisive steps to endinfiltration on a permanent basis and winddown the infrastructure of support toterrorism.

1.19 Cross border infiltration and linkedterrorist violence reached a height in therun up to the Jammu & Kashmir LegislativeAssembly election. However, the successfulconduct of elections to the Jammu &Kashmir Assembly with a voterparticipation of 43.70% in the face ofterrorist threats and intimidation, andpublic satisfaction with the results, wasseen as a vindication of the desire of thepeople of Jammu & Kashmir for peace andof the credibility of the elections.

1.20 On October 16, 2002, the Governmentdecided to re-deploy the troops frompositions on the international border as theArmed Forces were deemed to haveachieved the immediate objectives assignedto them. It was also decided that therewould be no lowering of the vigil in Jammu& Kashmir.

1.21 India remains firmly committed to thepath of dialogue and reconciliation inkeeping with the Simla Agreement and theLahore Declaration and has repeatedlycalled upon Pakistan to end its sponsorship

4

8

of terrorism in India so that a conduciveenvironment can be created for theresumption of bilateral dialogue. ShouldPakistan move purposefully towardseradicating cross border terrorism, Indiawill be prepared to resume bilateraldialogue to address differences andenhance cooperation. It should not beforgotten that the two most bold andmeaningful initiatives for dialogue atLahore and Agra came from India.

CHINA

1.22 China, India’s largest neighbour, is passingthrough a period of rapid economic growthand modernization with the aim ofachieving great power status in the shortesttime possible. India’s border with China isalmost 3,500 km long. China continues tooccupy approx. 38,000 sq. km of Indianterritory mainly in the Aksai Chin Area,and claims yet another 90,000 sq km in theEastern Sector. Further, 5,180 sq. km ofterritory under Pak occupation in NorthernKashmir was illegally ceded to China byPakistan in 1963. (Whilst several roundsof Border Talks have been held with China,a number of disputed pockets remain).

1.23 China is rapidly modernising its ArmedForces. In its White Paper on NationalDefence issued recently, China has stressedthe vital importance of maintaininginternational stability and a global strategicbalance, as also a legal regime governinginternational arms control and disarmament,in order to address an international situationthat is undergoing profound changesincluding a serious disequilibrium in the

balance of military power especially betweenthe developed and developing countries. Asreported by the Chinese Government to the16th National Party Congress in November2002, strengthening of national defence is a“strategic task in China’s modernizationdrive”.

1.24 As far as India is concerned, it cannot beignored that every major Indian city iswithin reach of Chinese missiles and thiscapability is being further augmented toinclude Submarine Launched BallisticMissiles(SLBMs). The asymmetry in termsof nuclear forces is pronouncedly in favourof China and is likely to get furtheraccentuated as China responds to counterthe US missile defence programme. China’sclose defence relationship with Pakistantakes a particular edge in view of latter’sknown belligerence and hostility to Indiaand its acquisition of nuclear assets.

1.25 Notwithstanding these concerns, Indiacontinues its endeavour to seek a long termand stable relationship with China, basedon the principles of Panchsheel, mutualsensitivity to each other’s concerns andequality and is committed to the processof dialogue to resolve all outstandingdifferences. Some Confidence BuildingMeasures(CBMs) have been initiated andwhile these are bearing fruit incrementally,the pace of progress has been less thansatisfactory. A number of high level visitshave taken place in recent years. ThePresident of India visited China in the year2000. This was followed by Mr. Li Peng’svisit to India in January 2001. These highlevel visits have improved bilateral

relations and understanding of each other’sviewpoint thereby contributing to furtherreduction in tension.

1.26 Important developments marking theprogress of India-China relations in 2002-03included the initiation of direct Delhi-Beijingflights, the first meeting of the India-Chinadialogue mechanism on counter terrorism,the completion of the process of exchangeof maps for clarification of the Line of ActualControl (LAC) in the Middle Sector, theimplementation of the MOU (signed duringPremier Zhu’s visit) on sharing hydrologicaldata from the upper reaches of theBrahmaputra and accordance of ‘ApprovedTourist Destination Status’ to India by China.The Joint Working Group on the BoundaryQuestion met in its 14th session in November2002. The first informal Foreign Ministerlevel India-China-Russia dialogue tookplace in September 2002 on the sidelines ofthe UNGA. Interaction in other agreeddialogue mechanisms also continued.

1.27 India has, of late, commenced somecooperation with the armed forces ofChina. Naval Ships of both the countrieshave been exchanging visits and some ofIndia’s mid level officers are undergoingcourses in Chinese institutions. During2002-2003, exchange of high level defencedelegations continued.

OTHER NEIGHBOURS

BANGLADESH

1.28 India’s relation with Bangladesh ischaracterized by both affinity andoccasional friction. Key security concerns

5

9

relate to the problem of uncontrolledmigration, which Bangladesh refuses torecognize, across the 4,000 kms commonboundary, the presence and activities ofIndian insurgent groups and leaders fromthe north-east of India on Bangladeshi soilwhich it refuses to acknowledge, the risinginfluence of political parties andorganizations of radical Islamic andfundamentalist orientation within andoutside the coalition government led by theBangladesh National Party, and borderdemarcation and border managementproblems which give rise to ugly incidentsfrom time to time. Border managementproblems, such as smuggling, illegalimmigration, insurgency, trafficking ofwomen and children, and the construction,repair and maintenance of boundary-related structures are addressed throughBorder Coordination Conferences betweenthe Border Security Force (BSF) andBangladesh Rifles (BDR) while issues suchas exchange of enclaves and adversepossessions are addressed by the JointBoundary Working Groups (JBWGs)constituted for the purpose. Following theelections, India continued with its policyof close engagement with its easternneighbour discussing all issues in aforthright manner.

NEPAL

1.29 Relations between India and Nepal haveconsistently been close and extensive,reflecting the historical, geographical,cultural and linguistic links between thetwo nations. In keeping with this closerelationship, several high-level interactions

took place between India and Nepal.Defence relations too have beentraditionally close.

1.30 During the year, Nepal was beset on theone hand by a political and constitutionalcrisis and on the other, by a growing Maoistinsurgency and violence that had spreadto almost all the districts of Nepal, withmid-West to Western districts as thrustareas.

1.31 Another area of growing concern for India’ssecurity is the increased activities of PakISI and terrorist organizations amongstNepal’s Muslim minority.

SRI LANKA

1.32 The ethnic conflict in Sri Lanka has, overthe years, extracted a severe political andsecurity cost for India, internally andexternally, that goes beyond theassassination of a former Prime Ministerthrough a terrorist act and seriouscasualties incurred by the Indian ArmedForces in an effort to ameliorate thesituation. It has created the possibility forcountries hostile or unfriendly to India toestablish a foothold there in a mannerinimical to India’s security interests. TheLTTE remains a proscribed terroristorganization in India and its leader, aproclaimed offender under the law.

1.33 The keystone of the Government of India’spolicy towards the ethnic conflict in SriLanka is a firm commitment to the unity,sovereignty and territorial integrity of SriLanka and to the restoration of a lastingpeace through a peaceful, negotiated

settlement that meets the just aspirationsof all elements of Sri Lankan society. Onthe political front, India continues tosupport the activities of the Sri LankanGovernment towards the Peace Process.The Government of India welcomed theceasefire agreement stating that it wouldprovide an opportunity to both sides tomove forward towards a substantivedialogue for a negotiated politicalsettlement of the ethnic conflict.

MYANMAR

1.34 Myanmar remains an area of securityinterest for India not only on account of theactivities of north-eastern insurgent groupsthat have set up camps across the Indianborder, but also because of the activities ofcountries working against India’slegitimate security concerns and therepercussions of the tussle between theforces of democracy and militarygovernment on these interests. Indiawelcomes the greater openness of theMyanmar government in its externalrelations, and steps towards politicalreconciliation, internally.

BHUTAN

1.35 India shares a relationship based on closefriendship, good neighbourliness andmutual trust with Bhutan underpinned bya strong and diverse mutually beneficialpartnership in the sphere of economic andsocial development, and a tradition of high-level visits.

1.36 Traditionally, Bhutan has been sensitiveand mindful of India’s security concerns.

6

10

The two countries continue to be in closetouch with each other on the issue ofpresence of ULFA-Bodo militants inSouthern Bhutan.

AFGHANISTAN

1.37 India is closely watching the changingscenario in Afghanistan since it hasramifications on the security scenario of theregion and the country, including in thestate of Jammu and Kashmir. India wouldnot like to see Afghanistan once againbecoming a breeding ground for terrorism,or a victim of terrorism sponsored fromacross its borders. India was amongst thefirst countries to appoint a Defence Attachéin Kabul. India-Afghanistan ties continuedto expand and strengthen during the year.

1.38 In general, the situation in Afghanistan hasimproved. However, the security situationin crucial parts of Afghanistan is still notstable. Two senior ministers have beenassassinated. Armed clashes have beentaking place between different groups inNorthern and Western Afghanistan. Ofparticular concern are the signs of theregrouping of the Taliban and Al Qaedaremnants and the forces of GulbuddinHekmatyar in the southern and easternAfghanistan.

CENTRAL ASIAN REPUBLICS (CARS)

1.39 The strategic map of Central Asia haschanged almost unrecognisably since thedisintegration of the former Soviet Union.Post Cold War, it has become a theatre of anew ‘great game’ not only because of itsstrategic location but also its natural

resources, notably oil and natural gas. Since9/11, it has also acquired a new layer ofstrategic interest because of its vantagepoint vis-à-vis the central security concernsof the region namely terrorism in its local,regional and global aspects. Pakistanivanguards, including the ISI are widelyviewed as continuing their destabilizingactivities of recruiting and trainingfundamentalist elements and encouragingradical movements in the Central AsianRepublics. This has the twin objectives ofextending their influence in the region andpromoting anti-India activities. Majorplayers are actively using defencediplomacy to advance their interests.

1.40 Central Asia is an area of vital importanceto India not only on account of itsgeographical proximity and India’shistorical and cultural links with the region,but also because of the common challengethey face from jehadi terrorism. Relations,based on a shared commitment to open andprogressive societies, secularism anddemocracy, have been reinforced bysimilarity of views in the fight againstterrorism. India and countries of CentralAsia also share views with regard tochecking the menace of drugs trafficking.

1.41 Relations with Central Asian countrieshave been informed by a shared interest inmutual benefit and all round growth.Economic relations are showing steadyimprovement. Raksha Mantri visitedTajikisthan in April 2002 and Uzbekistanin February 2003. Other senior level visitsalso took place. In the sphere of defence,cooperation is taking the form of a security

dialogue and training of armed forcespersonnel many of whom are presentlyundergoing courses in Indian defencetraining establishments.

THE ASIA-PACIFIC

1.42 Reverberations of religious fundamentalismand terrorism were heard in parts of SouthEast Asia too especially in Indonesia wherea blast in October 2002 took toll of aboutone hundred tourists in Bali.The Balibombings focussed international attentionon South East Asia as a nodal point ininternational terrorism and an emerging hubof militant Islam. This prompted the US tostep up its military presence in, andassistance to the region and to seekalternative solutions to the problem ofterrorism ranging from cooperative securityto controversial pre-emptive doctrines.Elsewhere in Asia, the stand-off onDPRK’s nuclear programme set offalarms regarding DPRK’s nuclear intentionsand the source of some of its nucleartechnologies.

1.43 Given that India shares maritimeboundaries with some of the countries ofthe South East Asia and is within theperiphery of the Asia-Pacific, thesedevelopments have relevance for India.Keeping this in view, India has initiateddiscussions with the governmentsconcerned on terrorism and related issuessuch as trafficking in drugs, people andsmall arms, piracy etc. At the India-ASEAN Summit in Phnom Penh inNovember 2002, the Prime Ministerconveyed India’s decision to subscribe to

7

11

the ASEAN Declaration on Terrorism, andalso willingness to enter into a similardeclaration on India-ASEAN cooperationin this field.

1.44 Defence cooperation relationships withcountries of South East Asia and the Pacifichave been growing steadily focussingmainly on exchanges of high-level visits,strategic dialogues, port calls, trainingexchanges and some sourcing of defenceequipment. Prospects of their furtherdevelopment are good. Mechanisms fordefence cooperation already exist withMalaysia, Vietnam, Indonesia, Australiaand Laos, and more are under process ofconclusion. The 4th Malaysia-India DefenceCommittee meeting held in September2002 and the 2nd India-Australia StrategicDialogue held in March 2003 providedopportunities to discover new areas ofconvergence and cooperation in securitymatters. Defence exchanges between Indiaand Japan and also the ROK reflected themutual recognition that strengthenedcooperation between them was a positivefactor for maintenance of peace andstability.

WEST ASIA / GULF

1.45 India’s security environment is closelylinked to that of the neighbouring West Asiaregion. As a member of the internationalcommunity, India has been gravelyconcerned with the vicious cycle of violenceand counter-violence and the consequentserious deterioration of the securitysituation in West Asia and has repeatedlycalled for de-escalation of tensions.

1.46 In the Persian Gulf, the growing tensionbetween the US and Iraq finally explodedinto war on March 20, 2003 with the failureof diplomatic efforts under the auspices ofthe UN Security Council. The full politicaland security implications are still to unfoldand will take some time to assess, but itwould be safe to assume that they will befar reaching in terms of their strategicimpact.

EUROPE

1.47 India’s relations with the European Unionand individual member countries in thefield of defence and security cover a broadspectrum of activities including trainingexchanges, joint exercises and defenceprocurement, production and R&D. Amechanism for a security dialogue existswith France at the highest executive levels.Mechanisms for defence cooperation alsoexist with the UK and Italy. Freshagreements on defence cooperationproviding for an enhanced level ofcooperation were signed with Italy andPoland in February 2003 during the visitsof the Italian Defence Minister and thePolish Prime Minister to India. Defence-related exchanges have also beenexpanding with other countries in Europelike Germany, the Czech Republic, Ukraineand Belarus. Cooperation with Europe ondefence procurement and production couldbe greater still if it were not for mechanismsthat introduce uncertainties in thefulfillment of contracts on extraneouspolitical grounds. The evolving relationshipwith France shows that there is a goodpotential for a path-breaking defence-

industrial relationship in areas of advancedtechnologies cutting across the normalpattern of North-South relations asepitomized during the visit of the PrimeMinister of France to the Aero India AirShow in Bangalore in February 2003.

RUSSIA

1.48 Indo-Russian relations pursued a steady,all-round and strategic course during theyear covering the gamut of political,defence, security and economic fields. Thetwo sides continued to deepen theirconsultations on strategic and mutualsecurity concerns.

1.49 Bilateral defence cooperation was fortifiedthrough several meetings and visits by thehigh dignitaries of the two countries. RakshaMantri visited the Russian Federation fromApril 10-13, 2002. The third session of theInter-Governmental Commission onMilitary Technical Cooperation (IGC-MTC)was held in Moscow in January 2003, co-chaired by Raksha Mantri and the Ministerof Science and Technology and Industry ofthe Russian Federation Mr. Ilya Klebanov.Discussions covered acquisition, licensedproduction, R&D, product support and newareas and forms of cooperation in thedefence field.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

1.50 Following the end of the Cold War and inresponse to the changing internationalenvironment, Indo-US relations areundergoing a qualitative transformation.Cooperation and consultations have

8

12

broadened and diversified considerably. Boththe countries have recognised that closerIndo-US relations would be an important anda positive factor both for stability of the regionas well as in the global affairs.

1.51 There has been a significant progress indefence and security relationship betweenIndia and the United States during lastyear. As part of the enhanced bilateralengagement on these matters, there wereseveral important bilateral visits andmeetings in the context of cross-borderterrorism by Pakistan, and in pursuit of ashared objective of building a strategicrelationship. With a view to accelerating thepace of Indo-US defence cooperation, theapex level Defence Policy Group (DPG) metfor a second time in May 2002 after itsresumption in December 2001. Apart fromthe DPG, bilateral Executive SteeringGroups of the Army, Navy and Air Force,the Security Cooperation Group (toadvance a defence supply relationship) andthe Joint Technical Group (to advance R &D collaboration in defence) have also beenmeeting or are scheduled to meet. The twocountries have conducted mutuallybeneficial combined exercises in India andUnited States besides stepping up trainingexchanges.

1.52 The terrorist attacks in the United States onSeptember 11, 2001 and on the Parliamenton December 13, 2001 have led to adeepening of Indo-US cooperation incombating international terrorism.

TERRORISM

1.53 India has been a victim of terrorism for

many decades, much before the Westexperienced its deadly reality on September11, 2001. The terrorist menace in Jammuand Kashmir has its roots in Pakistan andis supported financially and materially bythe government and institutions of thatcountry. The Indian Armed Forces havedealt with the problem of cross-borderterrorism with a multi-pronged strategythat includes psychological warfare,innovative military tactics and counterintelligence methods. These efforts have

met with reasonable success but this is aprolonged battle. India’s long experience intackling terrorism can be of valuable helpto other countries that are facing similarchallenges now.

1.54 For any terrorist movement to be contained,the Government’s resolve and the securityforces’ firmness are a must. India’s fightagainst terrorism has been a long andarduous one and the Indian Armed Forcesare fully geared to handle any problem that

Ready with N.B.C. protective gear

9

13

may arise in future. It is important that thestate support for any form of terrorismmust cease. Terrorist organisations havelong arms and global reach. The world,therefore, has to fight a united battle bypooling resources in order to remove thisscourge from the face of the earth.

INDIA’S NUCLEAR POLICY

1.55 India remains a firm and consistentproponent of general and completedisarmament and attaches the highestpriority to global nuclear disarmament.India’s policy on disarmament also takesinto account changes that have taken placein the world, especially in the 1990s. Thenuclear tests of May 1998 do not diluteIndia’s commitment to this long-heldobjective. As a nuclear weapon State, Indiais even more conscious of its responsibilityin this regard and, as in the past, continuesto take initiatives in pursuit of globalnuclear disarmament both individually andcollectively. The steps that were announcedafter the tests, and the initiatives that Indiahas taken since, strengthen thiscommitment.

1.56 India’s nuclear weapons capability is meantonly for self-defence and seeks only toensure that India’s security, independenceand integrity are not threatened in thefuture. India is not interested in a nucleararms race. This is the rationale behind thetwo pillars of India’s nuclear policy –minimum deterrence and no-first use.Thedetermination of the profile of thisdeterrent, including accurate and refineddelivery systems, is a sovereignresponsibility.

1.57 After concluding the series of tests ofMay 1998, India announced a voluntarymoratorium on further undergroundnuclear test explosions. In announcingthis moratorium, India accepted the coreobligation of a test ban and alsoaddressed the general wish of theinternational community to foresweartesting. This moratorium continues,subject to the supreme national interests,a provision granted under the CTBT toevery country. India has also announcedits willingness to move towards a de jureformalisation of this voluntaryundertaking.

PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

1.58 The security environment that has beenhighlighted above clearly brings out four keyelements that are fundamental determinantsof our security planning. These are:

(a) the Indian Armed Forces have a twofront obligation, which require them tosafeguard the security of our borderswith Pakistan as well as with China;

(b) India is not a member of any militaryalliance or strategic grouping, nor isthis consistent with our policiesnecessitating a certain independentdeterrent capability;

(c) due to external abetment, India’sArmed Forces are involved ininternal security functions on arelatively larger scale than is normalrequiring a force structure that willbe able to cope with it; and

(d) India’s interests in the North IndianOcean, including the security of ourEEZ and Island territories, highlightthe need for a blue water Navalcapability commensurate with ourresponsibilities.

10

2ORGANISATION AND FUNCTIONS OF

THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE

...................................................................................................................................................................

T-90(S) Tank on display at Republic Day Parade, 2003

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

2.1 A Military Department was created in theGovernment of the East India Company atCalcutta in the year 1776, having the mainfunction to sift and record orders relatingto the Army issued by various Departmentsof the Government of East India Company.The Military Department initiallyfunctioned as a branch of the PublicDepartment and maintained a list of Armypersonnel.

2.2 With the Charter Act of 1833, the Secretariatof the Government of East India Companywas reorganised in four Departments,including a Military Department, eachheaded by a Secretary to the Government.The Army in the Presidencies of Bengal,Bombay & Madras functioned as respectivePresidency Army till April 1895, when thePresidency Armies were unified into asingle Indian Army. For administrativeconvenience, it was divided into fourCommands viz., Punjab (including theNorth West Frontier), Bengal, Madras(including Burma) and Bombay (includingSind, Quetta and Aden).

2.3 The supreme authority over the IndianArmy vested in the Governor General-in-Council, subject to the Control of theCrown, which was exercised by theSecretary of State for India. Two Membersin the Council were responsible for militaryaffairs, one of whom was the MilitaryMember, who supervised all administrativeand financial matters, while the other wasthe Commander-in-Chief who wasresponsible for all operational matters. TheMilitary Department was abolished in

March 1906 and it was replaced by twoseparate Departments, the ArmyDepartment and the Military SupplyDepartment. In April 1909 the MilitarySupply Department was abolished and itsfunctions were taken over by the ArmyDepartment. The Army Department wasredesignated as the Defence Department inJanuary 1938. The Department of Defencebecame the Ministry of Defence under aCabinet Minister in August 1947.

POST-INDEPENDENCEORGANISATIONAL

SET-UP AND FUNCTIONS

2.4 On August 15, 1947, each Service wasplaced under its own Commander-in-Chief. Under the Constitution, theSupreme Command of the Armed Forcesvests in the President. In 1955, the title ofCommander-in-Chief was abolished andthe three Service Chiefs were designatedas the Chief of the Army Staff, the Chief ofthe Naval Staff and the Chief of the AirStaff. In November 1962, a Department ofDefence Production was set up to dealwith research, development andproduction of defence equipment. InNovember 1965, the Department ofDefence Supplies was created for planningand execution of schemes for importsubstitution of requirements for defencepurposes. These two Departments werelater merged to form the Department ofDefence Production and Supplies. AScientific Adviser to the Defence Ministerwas appointed to advise him on scientificaspects of military equipment, research

and design of equipment used by theDefence forces. In 1980, the Departmentof Defence Research and Development wascreated.

2.5 The Armed Forces are primarilyresponsible for ensuring the territorialintegrity of the nation. The Ministry ofDefence, provides policy framework andwherewithal to the Armed Forces todischarge their responsibility in the contextof the defence of the country.

DEPARTMENTS

2.6 The Ministry of Defence consists of threeDepartments, namely, Department ofDefence, Department of DefenceProduction & Supplies and Departmentof Defence Research & Development.The Defence Secretary functions as headof the Department of Defence and isadditionally responsible for co-ordinating the activities of the threeDepartments in the Ministry. Theprincipal functions of all theDepartments are as follows:

(i) The Department of Defence dealswith the three Services and variousInter-Service Organisations. It is alsoresponsible for the Defence Budget,establishment matters, defencepolicy, matters relating to Parliament,defence co-operation with foreigncountries and co-ordination of allactivities.

(ii) The Department of DefenceProduction and Supplies is headedby a Secretary and deals with

12

16

matters pertaining to defenceproduction, indigenisation ofimported stores, equipment andspares, planning and control ofdepartmental production units ofthe Ordnance Factory Board andfor Defence Public SectorUndertakings (DPSUs).

(iii) The Department of Defence Researchand Development is headed by aSecretary, who is also the ScientificAdviser to the Raksha Mantri. Itsfunction is to advise the Governmenton scientific aspects of military

equipment and logistics and theformulation of research, design anddevelopment plans for equipmentused by the Services.

2.7 The Finance Division of the Ministry ofDefence is headed by Secretary Defence(Finance). He exercises financial controlover proposals involving expenditurefrom the Defence Budget and isresponsible for internal audit andaccounting of defence expenditure. Inthe latter tasks, he is assisted by theController General of Defence Accounts(CGDA).

COMMITTEES

2.8 A number of Committees dealing withdefence related activities assist the RakshaMantri. He holds weekly meetings whichare attended by the Defence Secretary,Secretary (Defence Production & Supplies),Scientific Adviser to Raksha Mantri,Secretary Defence (Finance), PrincipalSecretary to the Prime Minister, CabinetSecretary, Foreign Secretary and the Chiefsof Staff of the three Services to reviewimportant developments and discuss issuesconcerning national security.

2.9 The Chiefs of Staff Committee is a forum inwhich the Service Chiefs discuss mattershaving a bearing on the activities of theServices and advise the Ministry. The positionof Chairman of the Chiefs of Staff Committeedevolves on the longest serving Chief of Staff,and consequently rotates amongst the threeServices. To facilitate the work of the Chiefsof Staff Committee, a number of sub-committees have been established.

2.10 The principal task of the Ministry is to obtainpolicy directions of the Government on alldefence and security related matters andcommunicate them for implementation to theServices Headquarters, Inter-ServiceOrganisations, Production Establishmentsand Research & Development Organisations.It is also required to ensure effectiveimplementation of the Government’s policydirections and the execution of approvedprogrammes within the allocated resources.A list of items dealt with by the Departmentsin the Ministry of Defence is given inAppendix-I to this report.Raksha Mantri in Forward Area

13

17

2.11 The three Services Headquarters, viz., theArmy Headquarters, the NavalHeadquarters and the Air Headquartersfunction, under the Chief of the Army Staff(COAS), the Chief of the Naval Staff (CNS)and the Chief of the Air Staff (CAS)respectively. They are assisted by theirPrincipal Staff Officers (PSOs). The Inter-Services Organisations, under theDepartment of Defence are responsible forcarrying out tasks related to common needsof the three Services such as medical care,public relations and personnel managementof civilian staff in the Defence Headquarters.

2.12 Information regarding the Ministers in theMinistry of Defence, the Chiefs of Staff, theSecretaries in the three Departments of theMinistry and the Secretary Defence(Finance) who held positions from April 01,2002 onwards is given in Appendix-II tothis report.

REFORMS IN MANAGEMENTOF DEFENCE

2.13 The broad array of challenges both existingand potential to the national Security in thefast changing geo-strategic securityenvironment mandate a periodical re-appraisal of our security procedures to copewith them. The Government, keeping thisin view, had instituted a comprehensivereview of the National Security System inits entirety for the first time in the history ofindependent India. The review was carriedout by a Group of Ministers(GOM)constituted on April 17, 2000. The GOMconsisted of the Home Minister, the Raksha

Mantri, the External Affairs Minister and theFinance Minister. The Group of Ministersset up four Task Forces one each in the areasof (i) Internal Security; (ii) BorderManagement; (iii) Intelligence Apparatus;and (iv) Management of Defence, whichwere multi-disciplinary in character andcomprised of acknowledged experts, tofacilitate its tasks. The recommendations ofthe Group of Ministers, which aim atintegration of the civil and militarycomponents and ensuring ‘Jointness’ and‘Synergy’ among the Armed Forces, wereapproved by the Government on May 11,2001.

2.14 The Report of the GOM in so far as‘Management of Defence’ is concernedincluded amongst others, measures such ascreation of the Chief of Defence Staff(CDS),creation of a Defence Procurement Board,a Defence Production Board, a DefenceR&D Board, preparation of holistic andintegrated Defence Perspective Plans for15-20 years, establishment of a NationalDefence University, effective mediamanagement, establishment of Andaman &Nicobar Island Command and StrategicForces Command, integration of ServiceHeadquarters with the Ministry of Defenceand delegation of higher administrativeand financial powers to the Services.

2.15 The process of implementation of therecommendations made by the Group ofMinisters regarding reforms in Defence wasinitiated in 2001. These reforms havebrought about improvements in theorganizations, structures and processes forthe integration of civil and military

components. Some of the major reforms aredetailed in the following paragraphs.

2.16 Integrated Defence Staff : A decisionregarding the recommendation of theGroup of Ministers for creation of the Chiefof Defence Staff (CDS) has not been takenby the Government as yet pendingconsultation with political parties.However, with a view to ensure higherdegree of jointness amongst the Servicesand attempt inter-service and intra-serviceprioritization, the Government has set upthe Integrated Defence Staff, headed by theChief of Integrated Staff to Chairman,Chiefs of Staff Committee (CISC), tosupport the Chiefs of Staff Committee andits Chairman in the optimal performanceof their roles and functions. The CISCsupervises the Integrated Defence Staff,chairs all multi-Service bodies and theDefence Crisis Management Group(DCMG) and is also responsible for thecoordination of long-range plans, five yearplans and annual budgetary proposals ofthe three Services in consultation and co-ordination with the Integrated ServicesHeadquarters. The CISC renders advice tothe Government on prioritization fordeveloping force levels and capabilitiesthrough restructuring proposals,undertakes net assessment comprising thetotality of the national capability,formulates joint doctrines in consultationwith Service Headquarters, conceptualisespolicy and programmes on joint planningand military education for personnel ofDefence Services, render advice forevolving responses to non-conventional

14

18

and unconventional threats to nationalsecurity and proposes measures to be takenfor ensuring the required jointness amongstthe Armed Forces and enhancing theefficiency and effectiveness of the planningprocess through intra and inter-Serviceprioritization.

2.17 Defence Intelligence Agency : TheGovernment has also set up the DefenceIntelligence Agency (DIA) under DG DIAto co-ordinate and synergise theintelligence Wings of the Services. The DIAis responsible for providing integratedintelligence inputs to the higher echelonsof Defence Management.

2.18 Defence Acquisition Council : TheGovernment has set up a DefenceAcquisition Council headed by the RakshaMantri for decision making in regard to thetotality of the new planning process, whichinter-alia involves according ‘in principle’approval of capital acquisitions in the longterm perspective plan and according ‘inprinciple’ approval for each capitalacquisition programme. The decisionsflowing from the Defence AcquisitionCouncil are to be implemented by thefollowing three Boards:-

(i) Defence Procurement Board headedby the Defence Secretary;

(ii) Defence Production Board headedby the Secretary (Defence Production& Supplies); and

(iii) Defence Research & DevelopmentBoard headed by Secretary (DefenceResearch & Development).

These Boards have been entrusted withspecific functions. A Defence AcquisitionWing headed by Special Secretary(Acquisition) has also been created to assistthe Defence Procurement Board in itsfunctioning.

2.19 The new structures are intended tofacilitate expeditious decision-making inan integrated manner in areas relating toacquisitions for the three Services whileat the same time imparting a higherdegree of transparency and costeffectiveness to the process of acquisitionof equipment, weapon and weaponsystems.

2.20 Defence Technology Council (DTC) :Defence Technology Council has beenconstituted under the Chairmanship ofRaksha Mantri by the Government toprovide guidance and supervision ofgrowth and promotion of research,development and production related toDefence Technologies. DTC will assist theDefence Acquisition Council in takingholistic decisions on specific DefenceProjects related to long term perspectiveplans and five year plans.

2.21 Andaman and Nicobar Command : Thefirst tri-Service Joint Command wasestablished in October 2001 in Andamanand Nicobar under the Commander-in-Chief (C-in-C) who exercises control overall force components of the three Servicesand the Coast Guard located in Andamanand Nicobar Islands. The C-in-C,Andaman and Nicobar Command reports

to the Chairman, Chiefs of StaffCommittee.

2.22 Management of Strategic Assets :Keeping in view the nuclear, chemicaland biological dimensions of our securityenvironment and in keeping with ourcommitment to no first use of strategicassets, the Government has approvedestablishment of requisite structures foradministering the Strategic Assets andalso set up the Strategic ForcesCommand.

2.23 Delegation of Administrative andFinancial Powers : Variousadministrative and financial powershave been delegated to the IntegratedService Headquarters to impartenhanced autonomy in their functioning.Decentralisation of decision-makingpowers has strengthened and upgradedthe decision-making apparatus in theServices. With higher delegation offinancial powers, greater efficiency andcost effectiveness with accountability hasbrought about the transparency desiredin the system of defence relatedexpenditure.

DEFENCE EXPENDITURE

2.24 The two charts in this chapter representService/Department-wise break-up ofDefence expenditure for the years 2000-2001, 2001-2002, 2002-2003(RE) and 2003-2004(BE) and Service/Department-wiseexpenditure as a percentage of totalDefence expenditure.

15

19

Service/Department-wise Break-up of Defence Expenditure

16

Service/Department-wise Expenditure as a Percentage ofTotal Defence Expenditure 2003-04 (BE)

17

3INDIAN ARMY................................................................

Infantry and Armour — A Deadly Combination

22

3.1 The primary task of the Army is tosafeguard the territorial integrity of thenation against external threats. Ourmilitary capabilities are directed towardsensuring the defence of our territory. Inaddition, Army is called upon, as and whennecessary, to assist civil administrationduring internal disturbances to maintainlaw & order, as well as to organize reliefoperations during natural calamities suchas floods, earthquakes, cyclones etc. TheArmy has been structured, equipped andtrained to fulfil its primary task and toaccomplish other tasks assigned to it.

OPERATION ‘PARAKRAM’

3.2 The Armed Forces were mobilized inDecember, 2001, to thwart the activepromotion of cross border terrorism andposturing by Pakistan. After the ArmedForces achieved their objectives they werere-deployed in October, 2002 from positionson the international border with Pakistanwithout impairing their capacity to responddecisively to any emergency and withoutlowering of vigil in Jammu & Kashmir.

MODERNISATION OF WEAPONSYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

3.3 During the year various measures andprojects were implemented to modernizeand upgrade the weapons & weaponsystems of the Army to enhance itscombat efficiency as also to address therequirements of modern day warfare.The more notable of such measures ofeach area are indicated in the succeedingparagraphs.

(i) Armoured Corps: T-90 tanks wereinducted. These tanks are state of theart and have night vision capabilityand advanced armour protection.Trials of thermal imagery basedsighting and fire control system wereconducted with a view to equip theexisting T-72 tanks. Image Intensifiernight vision devices for the existingT-55 tanks were also trial evaluated.

(ii) Artillery: A new class of multi-barrelrocket launching system wasintroduced. The existing 130 mmfield guns are being upgraded to155mm. A new class of weaponlocating radars were also contractedand there was introduction of varioustypes of more accurate, terminallyguided ammunition and projectiles.

(iii) Infantry: A major exercise wasinitiated to reorganize the infantrybattalion for optimum utilizationof combatant manpower andenhancement of combat efficiency.The infantry units were providedwith various advanced types ofgrenade and rocket launchers as wellas Ground Position Receiver System.

(iv) Air Defence Artillery: Army hassuccessfully developed in-house, asimulator system ‘Drona’, for indoor& cost-effective training of soldiersfor improving marksmanship onvarious weapons.

(v) Signals: Special emphasis was laidon equipping the forces with thelatest, suitable and effective

communication system, particularlyfor counter insurgency operations.The equipment include radio setswith frequency hopping andencryption facility, High Frequencyand Very High Frequency set for themechanized forces & infantry andwide band radio relay sets for pointto point communication. A securenetwork of Very Small ApertureTerminal was commissioned forreliable and stable communication inthe forward areas. The Phase-III ofArmy Static CommunicationNetwork was initiated, which isplanned to eventually extend toKashmir Valley and the North East.

(vi) Engineers: Production of Assaultbridges, hitherto imported, have beenindigenised under the guidance andsupport of Defence Research &Development Organisation. The‘Sarvatra’ bridge manufacturedindigenously is qualitatively superiorto its percurser, the imported

Tank T-72 in Action

19

23

AM-50 bridge set. To match theincreasingly advanced types ofimprovised explosive devices (IED)employed by terrorists and anti-national elements, particularly in theinsurgency prone areas, state of theart counter IED equipment is beingprocured and issued to unitsdeployed in such areas.

COUNTER INSURGENCYOPERATIONS

Jammu & Kashmir

3.4 The steady pressure of counterinsurgency operations maintained in J&Kby the Army, as also the Rashtriya Rifles,along side other security forces has beenable to keep the security situation in theState from deteriorating further. Thestrategy of the Army has been todominate the Line of Control and thusminimize infiltration of terrorists fromacross the LOC. Cross LOC infiltrationdid show a somewhat downward trendespecially during the first half of the yearbut infiltration picked up during thelatter part of the year, particularly priorto and during the J&K elections.Terrorists continued to make attempts toinfiltrate across the LOC and several suchattempts were foiled by the Army. In thehinterland, the Army, in synergy withother security forces, has been able tocontain the activities of insurgents. Theimpact of operations of the Army andother security forces was most visible inthe successful conduct of elections inJ&K, despite threats of terrorist violence

and serious and sustained efforts by theterrorists to intimidate the people of J&Kand disrupt the election process,including through attacks on electionrallies and killing of political figures. Thecelebration of the 54th Republic Day, withenthusiastic participation from the peopleof the State was also held across the Statein district headquarters all over J&K,including in the Kashmir valley.

North-East

3.5 The magnitude of the decades oldsituation of insurgency in the North Easthas de-escalated considerably. The visiblesigns of peace and tranquility in Nagaland

are a direct result of the cease-fire withboth factions of National Socialist Councilof Nagaland (NSCN), the oldest insurgentgroup in the North East. This, along withthe peace talks held with the BodoLiberation Tigers (BLT) bode well for theregion. Operations by the security forcesagainst other insurgent groups in theregion have marginalized the latterconsiderably.

3.6 Salient aspects of the prevalent securityenvironment in the North East are givenbelow in brief:

(a) Assam : Sustained militaryoperations by the Security Forces

Vigil from the Tree Top-Nagaland

20

24

under the Unified Headquarters havemet with success resulting in the nearmarginalisation of the UnitedLiberation Front of Assam (ULFA)and National Democratic Front ofBodoland (NDFB). Heavy attritionhas been inflicted on ULFA’s cadresby security forces.

(b) Nagaland : The cease-fire withNational Socialist Council ofNagaland (IM) effected since August1997 has been extended by anotheryear. Government had also enteredinto a cease-fire agreement withNSCN(K) w.e.f. April 2001. Thegeneral situation in the State hascontinued to be peaceful despitesporadic incidents of unlawfulactivities by the two factions ofNSCN.

(c) Manipur : The situation in the Statehas been generally under control andthe valley based insurgent groupshave maintained a low profile.However, there have been continuingturf wars between various groups,notably between the UNLF –NSCN(K) combine and NSCN(IM).

(d) Tripura : Operations conducted bythe Security Forces in Tripura haveresulted in large number ofsurrenders by activists of NationalLiberation Front of Tripura and AllTripura Tigers Force. Owing tothese operations, activities of boththese groups have been largelycontained.

UN PEACEKEEPING OPERATIONS

3.7 Peacekeeping Operations under the over allaegis of United Nations have grown inrelevance and importance. India is one ofthe largest contributor of troops andmaterials for UN Peacekeeping Missions.Officers and troops contingents of theIndian Army have been actively involvedin Peacekeeping Missions in Lebanon,Ethiopia-Eritrea, Democratic Republic ofCongo, Angola and Kuwait as given belowin brief :-

(a) Lebanon : One Indian infantrybattalion group as well as staffpersonnel, comprising 651 personnel,are deployed as peacekeepers in theUN Interim Force in Lebanon(UNIFIL). The Force Commander ofthe Mission is an Indian Army officer.

(b) Ethiopia-Eritrea: An Indiancontingent, comprising an InfantryBattalion, a mechanized company,an Engineer company and personnelfrom Corps of Signals, ArmyMedical Corps, Electrical andMechanical Engineers and ArmyEducation Corps, has been deployedfor the Peacekeeping Operations inEthiopia and Eritrea (UNMEE).Indian Army is one of the largesttroops contributor in this Missionwith 1548 personnel. TheEngineering Construction Company,has performed commendably bytaking on variety of developmentalwork in the entire area ofresponsibility of UNMEE. In bothUNIFIL and UNMEE, the Indian

contingents have been givinghumanitarian assistance andmedical aid to the local populace,earning considerable goodwill andinternational appreciation.

(c) DRC (Congo): There are forty IndianArmy officers serving as militaryobservers in the UN mission in DRC(Congo) (MONUC).

(d) Kuwait: Eight Indian Army officerswere serving as military observers inthe UN Iraq Kuwait ObserverMission (UNIKOM), till February.

RASHTRIYA RIFLES

3.8 Ever since its raising in 1990, RashtriyaRifles, a para military force under theoperational control of the Army, hasemerged as the main specialized force tocounter proxy war and insurgency in theJammu & Kashmir. Six additionalbattalions of Rashtriya Rifles weresanctioned during the year raising the forcestrength to fifty-four battalions.Operational performance of RashtriyaRifles has been exemplary, with highmotivational level of troops and goodadministration. However, success in proxywar and counter insurgency has not beenwithout its cost, with many gallant officersand men of Rashtriya Rifles having madethe supreme sacrifice in the relentlesspursuit of the given objective.

3.9 Rashtriya Rifles troops have undertaken anumber of goodwill missions in theirrespective areas. These include running ofschools, providing medical aid and

21

25

organizing friendly matches between Armyand locals. There has been overwhelmingresponse from the civilian population withrespect to such programmes which hasgenerated a lot of goodwill for RashtriyaRifles troops.

TERRITORIAL ARMY

3.10 A total of thirty-five units of the TerritorialArmy (TA) were embodied and mobilizedfor Operation PARAKRAM. This includedthirty-one non-Departmental and fourDepartmental units of TA.

3.11 The Committee constituted to review the

TA as well as a Task Force on Managementof TA, set up by the Government, havesubmitted its recommendations.

TRAINING

3.12 A Junior Leaders Academy, for trainingof junior commissioned officers and noncommissioned officers in the army, thesecond such institution for the army, wassanctioned this year for raising atRamgarh. This academy is proposed tobe eventually shifted on a permanentbasis to Anandpur Sahib, Punjab.

ADVENTURE & SPORTS ACTIVITIES

3.13 Airborne Africa – 2002 : ExerciseAirborne Africa – 2002, an Internationalairborne combat readiness competition washeld in Botswana from June 01 to 15, 2002.A total of 28 teams representing 12countries from different continentsparticipated in the competition. Two teamsrepresented the Indian Army from 10PARA (Special Forces). The competitioninvolved a grueling schedule requiring theteams to traverse a distance of more than80 kilometers in the Northern part ofKalahari Desert over three days andincluded events such as Endurance March,Cross Country Navigation, CasualtyEvacuation, Home Run and CombatShooting. The two Indian teams led fromthe front securing first and second positionsin the Endurance March, and also tophonours in other events as well.

3.14 Sailing Regatta 2002 : “Sail the Gulf”Regatta is a prestigious championshipheld at Doha under the aegis of the DohaSailing Association. In the SailingRegatta 2002, there were a total of 100boats representing 21 countries from allover the world. At this Regatta NbSubedar Rajesh Choudhary of the Corpsof Electrical and Mechanical Engineersrepresented India in the Laser Class SailBoat Event. India won the current titleand also won five out of the seven racessailed.

3.15 Antarctic Expedition : The Army’sinvolvement commenced with the secondexpedition in 1982-83 when a smallRaksha Mantri Meeting Jawans During Operation Parakram

22

26

contingent of three officers, including amedical officer, formed part of theexpedition. Ever since then, the Army hasbeen intimately involved in the conduct ofthese expeditions every year. Army’sparticipation in these expeditions mainlyinvolves assisting the Department of OceanDevelopment. This primarily involves :-

(a) Construction of permanent stations.

(b) Repair, maintenance and extension ofstations.

(c) Running of all life support systemsin the station and their maintenance.

(d) Overland transportation of men andmaterial in Antarctica.

3.16 Joint Indo-Bangladesh White WaterRafting Expedition : A joint expedition ofIndian rafting team with Bangladesh Armypersonnel was successfully conducted inmid November 2002. The team rafteddown the Ganges River from Karan Prayagto Rishikesh from November 10 to 14, 2002.

3.17 Joint Indo-Bhutan Motor CycleExpedition : A joint Motor CycleExpedition was undertaken from October14 to 20, 2002. The expedition team wasflagged off from Thimphu on October 14,2002 by HE Lyonpo Thinley Gyamtsho, theHome Minister of Bhutan. It covered a totaldistance of 1380 Kms traversing eight majorpasses, the highest being 3988 mtrs. andterminated at Haa on October 20, 2002when it was flagged in by HE Lyanpo (Dr)Kinzang Dorji, the Prime Minister ofBhutan.

3.18 Indian Army shooters : The Army

Marksmanship Unit Mhow has excelledin the National and International shootingarena. In the XVII Commonwealth Gamesat Manchester from July 24 to August 04,2002, the shooters trained in the ArmyMarksmanship Unit bagged a rich haul ofmedals for the country. In the shootingevents, out of a total of 14 Gold, 07 Silverand 03 Bronze Medals won by the Indiancontingent, six Army shooters won 06 Gold,01 Silver and 02 Bronze Medals.

3.19 Annapurna-I Mountaineering Expedition:On May 06, 2002, a glorious chapter wasadded to the history of Indianmountaineering when four armymountaineers scaled the 8091 mts. highAnnapurna-I in the Nepal Himalayas,which is one of the highest peaks in theworld. It has been scaled by very fewmountaineers till date due to steep slopeand hazardous climbing conditions.

WELFARE

3.20 Next of kin of all battle casualties occurredduring the period from August 15, 1947 tillApril 30, 1999 have been granted one timepayment of Rupees fifty thousand eachfrom National Defence Fund and ArmyCentral Welfare Fund. Disabled soldierswho are boarded/ invalided out of servicewith effect from August 15, 1949 toApril 30, 1999 (other than Operation VijayKargil) have been paid for one time grantof Rupees one lakh out of Army CentralWelfare Fund.

3.21 Army Central Welfare Fund has been set upas a corpus which receives generous

donations from public and variousorganizations/corporate houses. The annualincome out of the corpus of the fund isutilized for the rehabilitation and welfare ofthe families of martyrs and war disabledsoldiers.

3.22 Army Centre of Education (ACE) : ArmyCentre of Education has been establishedunder the Army Welfare Education Society(AWES), at AEC Training College andCentre Pachmarhi to provide education forthe dependents of Army personnel. ArmySchools, Army Public Schools andvocational institutions are imparting qualityeducation and training in management,engineering, law, dental sciences,information technology etc. 27 schools arealso being run for education of physicallyand mentally challenged children of Armypersonnel.

3.23 War Widows Children Hostel: 36 Hostelshave been established and six more arebeing established for providingaccommodation facilities to children of warwidows.

3.24 Welfare schemes for the wives ofmartyrs: Widows welfare Cells areestablished in Area Headquarters, all SubAreas and Station Headquarter in AndhraPradesh, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Keralaand Goa, for expediting financial benefits,job opportunities etc. for the wives ofmartyrs.

3.25 Medical Welfare Teams to Nepal : 15Medical Welfare Teams have beenidentified to visit and treat the Ex-servicemen and dependants of Serving

23

27

Personnel of Indian Army domiciled inNepal during this financial year.

3.26 Army Welfare Society: This society wasestablished and registered in June, 1998with a view to process welfare projects.The Army is running 28 vocational-cum-rehabilitation training schools for disabledchildren at several cantonments. TheGovernment is providing funds to runthese schools.

3.27 Officers’ Selection and Recruitment ofOther Ranks : During the year intake ofofficers and recruits was as under:-

(a) Officers Selection

(i) NDA - 615

(ii) IMA - 335

(iii) OTA - 445

(iv) Technical Entries - 368

(v) Women Officers - 118

(b) Recruits - 1,10,660 (including 13850recruits in current year upto June 30,2002)

Jawans in Action

3.28 Manpower State of Army (PersonnelBelow Officers Ranks) : Manpower stateof the Army in respect of PBORs is quitesatisfactory. The deficiency is below 5% andall possible measures have been initiated

to make up this deficiency at the earliest.In addition, there are approximately onelakh recruits under training at varioustraining Centres posted to the units to makeup the deficiency.

24

4INDIAN NAVY...............................................................

Amphibious Operations

4.1 The last one year has been a tumultuousyear for the Navy. There wasunprecedented naval activity in the IndianOcean Region, especially the NorthArabian Sea. Several extra-regional powerswere active in the area. The presence ofmultinational maritime forces in NorthArabian Sea deployed for combating globalterrorism was unprecedented. The IndianNavy had to take notice of thesedevelopments so close to our shores.

4.2 The year witnessed a steady upswing innaval cooperation with friendly foreigncountries in the fields of training, exercise andoperations. This is in consonance with theNavy’s long-term vision to maintain its abilityto influence events in our areas of interest.

4.3 Two Naval Ships namely Prabal (MissileBoat) and Gaj (Ocean Going Tug) werecommissioned during this year. Thecommissioning of these indigenously builtships, truly reflects the multifacetedexpertise of the defence shipyards and thematurity of our naval designing andbuilding expertise.

MAJOR OPERATIONS AND EXERCISES

4.4 Straits of Malacca (SOM) EscortOperation - Op Sagittarius: As part of theIndo-US military cooperation for Operation‘Enduring Freedom’, Indian Navy’sparticipation in escort of high valueshipping through the Straits of Malacca,code named ‘Op Sagittarius’ was startedby Indian Navy in April, 2002. IndianNaval Ships (INS) escorted 24 High ValueVessels (HVV) through the Straits ofMalacca before the operation was

terminated on September 16, 2002.

4.5 Low Intensity Maritime Operations(LIMO): The Navy is involved in LIMO onthe East as well as the West coast.Operation Tasha in the Palk Bay on theEast coast is aimed at preventingsmuggling of arms/narcotics and refugeeinflux along the Tamil Nadu coast.Operation Swan on the West coast is aimedat prevention of landing of explosives andother contraband on the coast of Gujaratand Maharashtra. The coastal areas ofMaharashtra and Gujarat are kept undercontinuous surveillance with setting up ofnine Naval Detachments (Nav Dets)working in tandem with Coast Guard andlocal civil administration.

SEARCH AND RESCUE OPERATIONS/DIVING ASSISTANCE

4.6 Causality Evacuation: A patient wasairlifted from MV Eagle about 280 milessouth-west of Kochi on July 12, 2002.

4.7 Diving Assistance: Assistance wasprovided by the divers of the Navy onseven different occasions to various StateGovernments.

EXERCISES

4.8 AMPHEX – 01: A Tri-Service AmphibiousExercise, AMPHEX 01, was conducted in theAndaman & Nicobar Islands from October3 to November 10, 2002. A large number ofassets from the three Services and the CoastGuard participated in the exercise.

4.9 Defence of Goa Exercise: The Defence ofGoa Exercise (DGX- 01) was conducted in

the Central Arabian Sea from November 19–23, 2002. Seventeen ships and submarinesfrom the Western Naval Command, oneship from Coast Guard and aircraft of theNavy, Air Force and Coast Guard took partin the exercise.

4.10 SPRINGEX – 02: A major tactical exercise,SPRINGEX - 02 was conducted on the westcoast from February 5 – 25, 2002 in whichships and aircraft from Indian Navy andCoast Guard, aircraft from Air Force andArmy participated.

OVERSEAS DEPLOYMENTS OFINDIAN SHIPS

4.11 1st Training Squadron:

(a) Malacca Straits: The TrainingSquadron consisting of Indian NavalShips Tir, Krishna and Tarangini wasdeployed in Malacca Straits duringMarch, 2002. The ships enteredPenang, Malaysia (March 21-23,2002) and Phuket, Malaysia (March25 – 27, 2002).

(b) Persian Gulf: The training Squadronconsisting of Indian Naval Ships Tirand Sujata were deployed in PersianGulf in October, 2002. During thedeployment ships entered Kuwait(October 14 – 17, 2002) and Salalah(October 23 – 26, 2002).

4.12 Eastern Fleet: Eastern Fleet comprisingIndian Naval Ships Ranjit, Shakti andKhanjar was deployed in Malacca Straitsduring August 2002. During thedeployment the Fleet entered Singaporefrom August 20-23, 2002.

26

30

4.13 Western Fleet:

(a) North Arabian Sea:Western Fleetcomprising of Indian Naval ShipsViraat, Delhi, Vindhyagiri, Ranvijay,Godavari, Mysore, Jyoti and Shaktiwas deployed in North Arabian Seaduring March-April, 2002. During thedeployment, ships visited followingports:-

(i) Muscat: Delhi, Vindhyagiriand Ranvijay visited Muscatfrom March 25 to 28, 2002.

(ii) Al Jubayl: Mysore andGodavari entered Al Jubayl,Saudi Arabia from March 25 to28, 2002.

(iii) Abu Dhabi: Viraat andShakti visited Abu Dhabi,UAE from March 30 to April2, 2002.

(b) South Indian Ocean: Western Fleetcomprising of Indian Naval ShipsDelhi, Ranvijay, Aditya and Godavariwas deployed in South Indian Oceanand east coast of Africa during August2002 and the ships called on ports inMauritius, Seychelles, Kenya andTanzania.

4.14 Training Voyage - Sail Training ShipTarangini: Indian Naval Ship Taranginicarried out a training voyage from July 25to September 18, 2002 in preparation forround the world voyage being planned for2003-04. Two officers from Seychellesembarked for training on Port Victoria -Male leg.

4.15 International Fleet Review – Tokyo:Indian Naval Ship Mysore was deployedfor representing India at the InternationalFleet Review (IFR) held at Tokyo fromOctober 9 –15, 2002. On completion ofIFR, the ship took part in themultinational Search and Rescue Exercise(SAREX).

4.16 International Hydrographic Meeting atMonaco: Indian Naval Ship Darshakvisited Monaco from April 17 to 19, 2002to represent India during theInternational Hydrographic Meeting.

COOPERATION WITH FOREIGNCOUNTRIES

4.17 Visits by Foreign Dignitaries:

S.No. Country Name Dates

(a) Singapore Rear Admiral March 3- 6,Lui Tuck Yew 2002

(b) France Admiral May 1- 5,JL Ballet 2002

(c) Israel Yedidia Ya’ari Mid Dec.,2002

EXERCISES/ JOINT OPERATIONSWITH FOREIGN NAVIES

4.18 Varuna 02 –1: The second Indo - Frenchexercise Varuna 02 - 1 was held off Goa onMay 14, 2002. From the French side, thenuclear powered carrier, FNS Charles deGaulle and FNS Cassard, a Type F 70Guided Missile Destroyer and from theIndian side, Indian Naval Ships Godavariand Ranvijay participated. This is the first

time that a French aircraft carrierparticipated in a joint exercise with theIndian Navy.

4.19 Escort of Mexican Sail Training Ship:Mexican sail training ship Cuauhtmoc hadrequested for an escort through MalaccaStrait on her passage to Singapore. IndianNaval Ship Sukanya escorted the Mexicanship from off Aceh to off Singapore fromJuly 16 to 19, 2002.

4.20 MALABAR 2002: The fourth Indo - USbilateral exercise was conducted off Kochifrom September 29 to October 2, 2002, aftera gap of five years. Indian Naval ShipsDelhi, Gomati, Shankul and Aditya and USShips Chancellorville and Paul F Fosterparticipated. P3C Orion and Dornieraircraft also took part.

4.21 PASSEX: Indian Navy carried out PassageExercise (PASSEX) as follows:-

(a) French Navy: Indian Naval ShipBrahmaputra with French Naval

Operating with the French Navy

27

31

Ships De Grasse and Jules Verne, offMumbai on April 15, 2002.

(b) German Navy: Indian Naval ShipSharda with German shipMecklenburg-Vopermman on July 30,2002, off Kochi.

(c) Mauritius Coast Guard: IndianNaval Ships Delhi and Ranvijay withMauritian Coast Guard ships onAugust 17, 2002 off Port Louis.

(d) Seychelles People’s Defence Force:Indian Naval Ships Aditya andGodavari with Seychelles People’sDefence Force ships on August 17, 2002off Port Victoria. Items worth Rs 35.5lakhs were gifted to Seyechelles CoastGuard for setting up of Boat RepairWorkshop.

PROGRESS IN THE FIELD OFINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

4.22 Encrypted Information StorageSoftware: An encryption toolnamed SENIC (Secure Environment forNaval Information on Computers) hasbeen developed and distributed. Theencryption software, which allowsinformation in any memory device likeFloppy, Hard Disk drive or any magneticmedia to the software, also caters for Keyor any magnetic media to be encrypted.The software also caters for Key Escrowmechanism. This software has beencirculated in the Navy to allow all themachines to store information in anencrypted form.

4.23 Security Measures Adopted: Antivirussoftware for Navy usage was procured and

distributed across the Navy. In addition,policy directives on Disaster RecoveryMechanisms and Laptop Security have alsobeen promulgated.

4.24 Information Technology (IT) Training:The IT training for all the naval personnelhas been targeted and is being progressedby the Indian Navy. The main initiative inthe field of IT training is the signing of anMemorandum of Understanding (MoU) fortraining of naval personnel through Centrefor Development of Advance Computing(CDAC) for high end IT courses mainly inthe areas of IT Administration,Networking, Databases and Security.

4.25 Naval Enterprise Wide Network(NEWN):The Navy has implemented anenterprise wide network, which connects22 Naval locations all over the country. TheIntranet is based on frame-relay networkon Wider Area Network (WAN) andEthernet on Local Area Network (LAN)with voice and data facilities. The NEWNis now being integrated with the CommandHeadquarters LANs in phased manner.This will enable sharing of informationbetween NHQ and the Commands.

TRAINING

4.26 NHQ has so far deputed 26 officers/sailorsfor courses abroad in the Financial Year2002-03. The new courses that have beenavailed this year are:-

(a) US Midshipmen ExchangeProgramme.

(b) Attachment with French Navy.

(c) National Defence University, China

(d) Staff Course in Germany

(e) Indonesian Naval Command & StaffCollege Course, Jakarta.

(f) College Intermesh de Defence (CID)Course in France.

(g) Visiting Fellowship Programme atUSA/UK

(h) International Mine Warfare StaffOfficers Course in Belgaum.,

(i) International Senior Rating Instructor(Missile) Course, UK.

(j) Joint Amphibious OperationsPlanning Course, UK.

(k) Intelligence and InternationalRelations Course, UK.

(l) Courses in USA: The followingcourses have been availed for the firsttime/after a long gap in USA underUSIMETP: -

(i) National Defence University(NDU) International FellowsProgramme.

(ii) Senior International OfficersSupply Management Course.

(iii) Surface Warfare Officer/Advance Ship HandlingCourse.

(iv) Underwater Demolition/ SealIndoctrine/Seal Training BasicCourse.

(v) Senior International DefenceManagement Course.

(vi) Amphibious Warfare SchoolCourse.

28

(vii) Hull Maintenance TechniciansCourse for Sailors.

4.27 Training of Foreign Naval Personnel:Foreign Naval Personnel presentlyundergoing training at Naval trainingestablishments under various schemes isas follows:-

S.No. Country Officers Sailors

(a) Bangladesh 06 00

(b) Nigeria 04 01

(c) Maldives 04 07

(d) Sri Lanka 18 38

(e) Mauritius 04 00

(f) Malaysia 09 00

(g) Cambodia 00 02

SPORTS AND ADVENTURE

4.28 Commonwealth Games: The followingNaval personnel won medal in theCommonwealth Games held at Manchesterin July – August, 2002:-

Sl No. Name Rank No Disciplines

(a) Mukesh MCPO- 177485-A ShootingKumar IIUC3

(b) CPR CPO 128439-H WeightSudheer LiftingKumar

4.29 Asian Games: In the 14th Asian Gamesheld at Busan (South Korea) fromSeptember 29 to October 14, 2002 Lt Cdr

Mahesh Ramachandran won the BronzeMedal in Yachting event.

4.30 The following adventure activities wereorganised for naval personnel: -

(a) Mountaineering: The Indian Navysent a nine-member team of navalpersonnel who in their maidenattempt successfully scaled a hitherto

Navy Contingent in Republic Day Parade

virgin peak in the KumaonHimalayas.

(b) Trek to Harsil to Har Ki Doon(Garhwal): A high altitude trekfrom Harsil to Harsil Ki Doon(Garhwal) region via Lham KhagaPass (5280 M) and Barasu Pass(5450 M) was undertaken by a teamof nine naval personnel.

29

5INDIAN AIR FORCE......................................................................................

SU-30 MK-1

34

5.1 The responsibilities of the Indian Air Force(IAF) are multifarious. They range from airdefence of the nation to providingreconnaissance, battlefield airstrikes andcounter air operations during hostilities.The security environment of South Asianecessitates building and maintainingcredible deterrence capabilities againstthreats from the north and the west. Incontemporary wars/hostilities, air powerapplication would precede any operation.Hence air superiority is a mandatoryprerequisite to success in any land and seabattle. Alongside these responsibilities, theIAF undertakes peacetime operations likeassistance to civil administration duringnatural calamities and transportingpersonnel for maintenance of law andorder. It also meets the requirements oftroops guarding border outposts on thehigh ranges of Himalayas, the deserts ofRajasthan and the inaccessible regions ofthe North East.

5.2 Keeping in view the challenges of thefuture technology-intensive warfare andthe necessity for optimal utilization ofresources, the IAF has embarked upon amodernization programme through newinduction of aircraft systems, forcemultipliers and upgrade of old workhorsesand weapon systems to keep pace with theemerging technologies. It has maintainedits equipment and ensured high standardsof professionalism.

5.3 The induction of the Light Combat Aircraft(LCA) is expected to take place soon. Theupgraded MiG-21 Bis aircraft (Bison) nowpacks a lethal punch. A squadron of MiG Mirage 2000 back from mission

21 Bis UPG aircraft has been inducted intothe IAF and is operational. Developmentof Su-30 MK-I aircraft has been completedand all the aircraft of phase-I have beendelivered. The Hon’ble Raksha Mantriformally inducted the Su-30 MK-I aircrafton September 27, 2002.

5.4 The Jaguar Navigation and WeaponAiming Sub-System (NAVWASS) aircraftare slated to be upgraded next year. Detailsof the proposal for upgrade of the MiG-29fleet are being worked out. DefenceAvionics Research Establishment (DARE),

Bangalore, Hindustan Aeronautics Limited(HAL) and other indigenous agencies areinvolved in most of these projects. TheAdvanced Light Helicopter (ALH) hasbeen inducted in the Indian Air Force.Upgrade of HS-748 is underway andcontract for modification of the remainingaircraft is in final stages.

ACHIEVING TECHNOLOGICAL EDGE

5.5 The IAF is in the process of equipping allaircraft with the basic Electronic Warfare(EW) suite. Indigenous development of EW

31

35

equipment is also being processed.Procurement of additional supportequipment for Mirage-2000 to enhance itscapability is under progress. Upgrade ofMi-35 helicopter is being serially carriedout to enhance its overall capabilities.

FLIGHT SAFETY

5.6 A number of Streak Shadow micro lightaircraft have been inducted for survey ofbird activities in the extended local flyingareas. The drive for clearance of vegetationand implementation of anti-bird measuresis being vigorously pursued. OperationalSafety Management workshops are beingconducted by Directorate of Flight Safety atall major air bases and Base Repair Depots(BRD) to indoctrinate aircrew and officersof all branches to actively participate inreducing Human Error (HE) accidents.

FORCE MULTIPLIERS

5.7 Force multipliers such as Air-to-AirRefuellers (AAR) are being inducted toenhance the Radius of Action (ROA) of thestrike aircraft and loiter time of the AirDefence (AD) aircraft.

INFORMATION WARFARE

5.8 Space Applications: Space and spaceassets being vital part of the nation’s warfighting capability, IAF made significantprogress by using space technologies in thefield of communications, surveillance &reconnaissance and search & rescue. Withthe launch of satellite IRS-TES, India nowhas enhanced capabilities in imagery.

INSAT series of satellite is used forcommunications, while IRS series is usedfor imaging.

SURVEILLANCE AND EARLYWARNING

5.9 Aerostat Based Surveillance Systems:Aerostat based surveillance systems arebeing acquired to provide gap-free low-level radar coverage in the western andsouthern sectors.

5.10 Air Route Surveillance Radar: A contracthas been signed for procurement of one AirRoute Surveillance Radar as replacementto the existing radar.

5.11 Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAV): TheUAVs are now operational at their bases.These UAVs also took part in Op Parakram.

5.12 Imagery: Imagery capabilities have beenenhanced with induction of modernequipment for quality analysis of satelliteimagery. These facilities are being expandedrapidly.

5.13 Media Utilisation: Media is an importantfactor, in portraying the desired image of anorganisation. IAF has taken steps to projectcorrect image of itself and its activities. Afilm named ‘Akash Yodha’ was producedin 2001-02. In order to improve awarenessabout careers in IAF, the Air Force careerwebsite has been operationalised atwww.careerairforce. nic.in. Since then therehas been a 10% increase in the number ofvolunteers applying for the posts in IndianAir Force in 2002.

METEOROLOGY

5.14 The IAF participated in Arabian SeaMonsoon Experiment (ARMEX), sponsoredby Department of Science & Technology, asa part of Indian Climate ResearchProgramme from June to August. Theroutine observational data was passed toOperation Centre at National Centre forMedium Range Weather Forecast(NCMRWF), New Delhi in real-time. TheIAF provided two modified An-32 aircraftfor this experiment. A team of IAFmeteorological personnel and scientists fromIndian Institute of Tropical Meteorology(IITM), Pune were flown in each of themissions to record atmospheric parameterssuch as temperature profile, wind profile,aerosol composition, electrical conductivityof air and video mapping of cloudimageries. Twenty such missions were flowntotaling 87 hours of flying effort.

TRAINING

5.15 Recognition of Training/Courses: TheDirector General Civil Aviation (DGCA)

ST-68(U) — A low level radar on deployment

32

36

granted recognition to selected flyingestablishments of IAF for the purpose ofissuing commercial pilots licence to IAFpilots. The matter relating to recognition ofthe training imparted to maintenancepersonnel (both officers and airmen) byDGCA is also under progress. Similarly, theaward of diploma in engineering dulyrecognized by All India Council forTechnical Education (AICTE), to thetechnical training imparted in Indian AirForce is also under consideration.

5.16 Training of Foreign Personnel: Foreign

students are availing training in IndianAir Force training establishments.During the year, officers and airmen fromBangladesh, Botswana, Cambodia,Indonesia, Malaysia, Mauritius,Maldives, Myanmar and Sri Lankaunderwent training at various trainingestablishments in India.

5.17 Improving Ab Initio Pilot Training atNDA: Super Dimona Motor Gliders havebeen acquired for training of the Air Forcecadets of National Defence Academy(NDA).

DEFENCE COOPERATION

5.18 Keeping in line with the development ofrelations between India and variouscountries, IAF undertook various jointexercises. These exercises have helped ourpersonnel to acquaint themselves with thelatest developments in the field of aviationas well as understand one another ’sprocedures and promote goodwill. Detailsof the exercises in which IAF participatedare given below.

5.19 Exercise ‘Balance Iroquois’. A joint airtransport exercise ‘Balance Iroquois’ wasconducted at Agra with United StatesSpecial Forces from May 7 to 27, 2002, withthe purpose of developing interoperability.

5.20 Exercise Geronimo Thrust 02-1: Exercise‘Geronimo Thrust 02-01’ was a platoonlevel airborne exercise with United StatesArmy, as mutually agreed to in theExecutive Steering Group (ESG) (Army)meeting. It was conducted from September28 to October 11, 2002 at Fort Richardson,Alaska. 50 (I) Para Brigade of the IndianArmy /IAF and 1 Battalion 501 ParachuteInfantry Regiment of United States ArmyPacific (USARPAC), participated in theexercise. IAF contingent included fourobservers and one IL-76 with crew fortransporting the Indian contingent. Thiswas the first time that an IAF IL-76 hadlanded in USA for participation in anexercise.

5.21 Exercise ‘Cope India’: Exercise ‘CopeIndia’ was conducted at Air ForceStation, Agra from October 21 to 26, 2002.Participating forces comprised five C-130MiG-29 with its arsenal

33

37

aircraft, the Contingency ResponseSquadron (CRS) and 150 -air/ground

Mi-35 being inspected before the mission

crew of United States Air Force (USAF).One IL-76 and seven An-32 aircraft ofIAF participated in the exercise.

5.22 Exercise ‘Cope Thunder’: IAF’s observersparticipated in Exercise ‘Cope Thunder’ inAlaska from July 11 to 27, 2002.

5.23 Exercise ‘Garuda’: Various exchange visitswere undertaken under the Indo-FrenchDefence Cooperation Plan. A joint exercise‘Garuda’ was held in February 2003 atGwalior.

SPORTS AND ADVENTURE

5.24 Skydiving : IAF personnel proved theircourage on and off duty hours.

Skydiving jumps were made by GroupCaptain TK Rath, Wing CommanderSanjay Thapar, Squadron Leader RCTripathi and Flight Lieutenant Jaikishanfrom a height of 17,000 feet Above MeanSea Level (AMSL) with a landing at 4100feet AMSL. This is the highest drop zonewhere jump has been carried out. FlightLieutenant Kamal Singh Oberh becamethe first Indian to have carried outskydiving jumps both at North and SouthPoles.

5.25 Parasailing: Shri Alok Yadav, LowerDivision Clerk, became the first Air Forcecivilian parasailing instructor.

34

6COAST GUARD.................................................................

Hovercraft of Coast Guard

(e) Ships saved from distress - 117

(f) Sea pollution averted - 04

(g) Sea pollution combated - 02

JOINT EXERCISES

6.6 The third Indo-Japan Coast Guard jointsearch and rescue exercise was conductedat/off Chennai on November 9, 2002wherein visiting Japan Coast Guard patrolvessel Yashima with its helicopter and oneAdvanced Offshore Patrol Vessel (AOPV),one Offshore Patrol Vessel (OPV), and onehelicopter from Indian Coast Guard andone tanker from Shipping Corporation ofIndia participated. The objective and mottoof the exercise was “Safer seas through co-operation”. This was comprehensivelyachieved and demonstrated during theexercise.

6.1 The Coast Guard is an Armed Force of theUnion, set up in 1978, for the protection ofour Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). TheCoast Guard is responsible for keepingIndia’s EEZ under regular surveillance inorder to prevent poaching/smuggling andother illegal activities. The duty of CoastGuard also includes the pollution controlat Sea, Search and Rescue (SAR) andprotection of Marine Environment.

ORGANISATION

6.2 The Command & Control of the CoastGuard is exercised by the Director General,Coast Guard from the Coast GuardHeadquarters located at New Delhi. It hasthree Regional Commands with theRegional Headquarters situated atMumbai, Chennai and Port Blair. Theentire coastline of India and the maritimezones are divided into three Regions. TheRegions are further divided into CoastGuard Districts, each representing a coastalState, under a District Commander. Thereare two Air Stations at Daman andChennai and four Air Enclaves at Goa,Mumbai, Kolkata and Port Blair.

COMMISSIONING/ ACTIVATIONOF BOATS/ UNITS

6.3 (a) Commissioning : Two InterceptorBoats C-141 and C-142 and oneHovercraft H-186 have beencommissioned into the service ofCoast Guard.

(b) Activation : The following units havebeen activated: -

(i) Coast Guard Aeronauticalinspection service at Chennaiw.e.f. April 01, 2002.

(ii) Dornier Sqn 747 (CG) at Kochiwith effect from April 22, 2002.

(c) Operational Control of Coast GuardUnits : The operational control of allCoast Guard units was transferred toNavy during the “OperationParakram”. The redeployment ofCoast Guard units was done byNaval authorities in consultationwith respective Coast GuardRegional Commanders.

COAST GUARD PLANS

6.4 Coast Guard Development Plan 2002–07 (CGDP 2002–07) : The Coast GuardDevelopment Plan (Kamath Plan) andFifteen Year Perspective Plan (1985-2000)were reviewed in 2001-02 and a newFifteen Year Perspective Plan (2002-2017)for the growth of Coast Guard wasformulated. Based on this PerspectivePlan, the five-year development plan(CGDP-2002-07) has been prepared.

MAIN ACTIVITIES, IMPORTANTCONTRIBUTION AND

ACHIEVEMENTS

6.5 Achievements :

(a) Poaching boats apprehended - 17

(b) Smuggling vessels apprehended - 05

(c) Contraband confiscated - worthRs.1.8 Cr

(d) Lives saved at sea - 87

Colour presentation to Coast Guard by the President

36

40

OPERATIONS

6.7 (a) Operation Tasha : Protection ofTamil Nadu Coast against theinfiltration of militants has beenentrusted to the Indian Navy and theCoast Guard. One Coast Guard shipex-Chennai and one Interceptor Boat/Interceptor Craft (IB/IC) from ex-Mandapam remains on continuouspatrol in the Palk Strait. A Dornieraircraft ex- Chennai carries out airsurveillance in Palk Strait and Gulf ofMannar.

(b) Operation Swan : In the year1993, consequent to the Mumbaiserial bomb blast, large scalesmuggling of arms and explosiveswas reported through sea,adjoining Maharashtra andGujarat coasts. To counter this,Operation Swan was launched inco–ordination with Navy in April1993 to patrol sensitive areas offthe West Coast. This operation

appears to have contained thesituation to a large extent.

(c) Operation Nakabandi : Withincreased hostilities in Sri Lanka,influx of Tamil refugees havecommenced again. Local fishermenhave started smuggling diesel andother explosive making material. Tocheck the influx of refugees and tocurb the clandestine activities in PalkBay and Gulf of Mannar, OperationNakabandi was launched on August13, 1996 and is continuing.

(d) Anti Smuggling Operations : Basedon intelligence inputs fromDepartment of Customs andDepartment of Revenue Intelligence,Coast Guard undertakes anti-smuggling operations. In addition,random anti-smuggling patrols arealso conducted. Due to Coast Guardpatrolling, incidents of smugglingcontraband have come downdrastically.

(e) Search and Rescue (SAR)Operations : Coast Guard ships andaircraft undertook various Searchand Rescue missions and wereinstrumental in saving 87 lives at seaafter receipt of distress messagesfrom International Maritime Co-ordination Centre (INMCC),Bangalore. This has strengthened theSearch and Rescue responses in theIndian Ocean under the new GlobalMaritime Distress System (GMDSS)operation. The major SAR operationsare detailed below: -

(i) Search and Rescue Assistanceto MT Mario : A Coast GuardShip assisted to a Sierra Leoneregistered Motor Tanker - MTMario, which was about to sinkin position 180 miles east ofpoint Calimere, Tamil Nadu inAugust 2002.

(ii) Co-ordination of Search andRescue Operations forMerchant Vessel (MV)Jasmine : Coast Guarddeployed one Dornier aircraftimmediately for Search andRescue co-ordination when theowner of the Vessel - MVJasmine informed Coast GuardStation, Chennai that the vesselwas flooding due to crack inher hull. The Dornier aircraftof the Coast Guard directedanother ship MV XPRESSRESOLVE in the vicinity torender assistance that rescuedall 25 crew members of MVJasmine.

(iii) Rescue of Crew – FVKalicharan : A Coast Guardaircraft launched fromCalcutta to locate a missingfishing boat, Kalicharan-1,informed the Coast Guard ship– Sucheta Kriplani that assistedand rescued all 9 crews andbrought them to Haldia fromSunderban Delta.

(iv) SAR – Noor-Ul-Behr : A CoastGuard ship - Kamladevi sailed

March Past by Coast Guard

37

41

for Search and Rescue of amissing fishing vessel “Noor-Ul-Behr” South of Cannannore.The boat was located offKasaragod light. Coast Guardprovided medical aid, logisticsupport and the boat was towedto New Mangalore safely.

ANTI-POACHING OPERATIONS

6.8 Anti poaching operations were conductedon a regular basis in the Indian EEZ. CoastGuard ships have apprehended 17 fishingvessels. The details of major anti-poachingoperations are:-

(a) Coast Guard ship Sangram,apprehended two Pakistani fishingvessels AL AZIZ/15270-B and AL-ZUKARIYA 14725-B with six creweach in position 28 nautical milesfrom Mitha Port Light.

(b) Coast Guard ship Tarabaiapprehended two Sri Lankan fishingvessels Puspa Rani andDanuskhaputa with 6 crew in eachvessel in position 80 nautical mileswest of Vilinjam Light.

(c) Coast Guard ship Vajra apprehendedtwo Thai fishing vessels NavaUdomsap-2 with 21 crew (4 Thai and17 Myanmarese) and NavaUdomsap-3 with 17 crew (5 Thai and12 Myanmarese) in Andaman &Nicobar Islands and handed over tolocal police at Port Blair.

(d) Coast Guard Hovercraft apprehendeda Bangladeshi fishing vessels ‘FB

Hashim’ with 12 crew in Hugli river.The Vessel along with crew washanded over to local police at Haldia.

OTHER OPERATIONS

6.9 An operation code named “Olive” waslaunched off Orissa Coast with a view toprotect the endangered species of OliveRidely turtles. Coast Guard ships andaircraft continue to be deployed duringNovember - May each year for protectionof the turtles. As a result of intensifiedpatrolling by Coast Guard ships, fishingactivities in the restricted area gets reducedconsiderably.

6.10 Interception of adrift Merchant Vessel :A Merchant Vessel Al-Murtada wasreported adrift off Ratnagiri on July 3, 2002.A Coast Guard Dornier aircraft and a shipwere immediately launched to identify andmonitor the drifting vessel. The aircraft ontask reported that the vessel is adrift andlikely to run ground off Maharashtra coast.The Coast Guard, the Kandla Custom andthe Immigration authorities intercepted thevessel and handed over ship and crewmembers of Al-Murtada to DistrictMagistrate, Sindhudurg, Maharashtra.

6.11 Assistance to Indonesian Motor TankerMT TIRTA : Coast Guard shipsPriyadarshini and Jijabai were divertedfrom Paradip port to assist Indonesianregistered Motor Tanker TIRTA, adrift athigh seas, with cargo of Palmolien oil.Despite adverse sea conditions, the 24-crewmember of Indonesian vessel were rescuedand their ship was towed to safety by CoastGuard Ship Jijabai.

6.12 Salvage Operation of Bangladeshi Barge:Bangladeshi Barge 4B-416 loaded with 872metric tones of bridge constructionmaterial under tow by Tug ENA Fortunewas reported missing since May 6, 2002. ACoast Guard ship Jijabai was sailed fromParadip to locate and tow the driftingBarge that had become a navigationalhazard for the vessels operating at sea onthe East coast. The barge was safelybrought to Paradip and handed over to thelocal agent.

OTHER ACTIVITIES

6.13 Seaward Security to oil Rigs : CoastGuard ships and aircraft carry out regularpatrol in the offshore area to provideseaward security to oil rigs off Mumbai andoff Tamil Nadu coast. The Director Generalof Coast Guard is the Chairman of theOffshore Security Co-ordinationCommittee, which discusses the securityand disaster management of oil rigs oncein a quarter. Coast Guard is conductingfollowing security and maritime lawimplementation activity off Maharashtracoast.

(a) Operation Tromscan - Coast Guardis carrying out this operation toprovide seaward security to BhabhaAtomic Research Centre (BARC) -Trombay. Coast Guard InterceptorBoats and aircraft are deployed forthis operation.

(b) National Data Buoy Programme ofNational Institute of OceanTechnology : Coast Guard Ships andaircraft are providing security for

38

National Data buoys position inArabian sea and Bay of Bengal forcollection and monitoring ofOceanographic Data by Departmentof Ocean Development.

6.14 Medical Evacuation : The motor tankerPORT ARTHUR which was on its passagefrom Singapore to Fujairah, United ArabEmirates contacted Coast Guard Station,Goa for assistance to evacuate their crewmember Mr Petre Marian, who sustainedhead injury due to fall on deck. A CoastGuard ship immediately sailed to interceptvessel in rough seas and successfullyevacuated the patient on board andprovided urgent medical assistance. Thepatient was thereafter, admitted to localhospital for emergency treatment.

COMMUNITY INTERACTION

6.15 While the Coast Guard carries out itsduties as per charter, there are certainunwritten requirements of all nationalorganisations to fulfil certain nationalgoals towards development and thegreater common good. With this in mind,the Coast Guard has initiated aCommunity Interaction Programme withthe fishing and coastal community and theschool children. Fishermen are given talkson safety at sea, action in distress, carryingof life jackets, radio frequencies on theirtransistors, rule of the road etc. Inaddition, certain sports programmes, suchas volleyball or tug of war and intervillage sports are being arranged. Schoolchildren are given talks on the sea,shipping environment and maritimeawareness. A sea cadet corps station is

being started in Daman, which will befollowed by units at smaller places, suchas, Tuticorin, Mandapam, NewManagalore and Paradip. Coast Guardships have adopted an island each in theLakshadweep where the doctor conductsOPD for a few hours.

USE OF HINDI

6.16 Coast Guard encourages the use of Hindiin the office-work and during this year agreat emphasis was given for noting/drafting in Hindi. All the Coast GuardBulletins and Coast Guard Orders areprinted in Hindi. The incentive schemesintroduced by the Government are alsoimplemented and the Coast Guard

personnel were awarded cash prize forwriting 20,000 words in Hindi. A Hindifortnight programme was organised fromSeptember 16 – 27, 2002 in which variouscompetitions were held like essay writing,noting and drafting, translation, dictation,Quiz etc.

THE COAST GUARD(AMENDMENT) ACT, 2002

6.17 The Coast Guard (Amendment) Bill, 2002was introduced in the Monsoon Session –2002 of Parliament to amend varioussections relating to personnel matters. TheBill has been passed by the Parliament andassented by the President as “The CoastGuard (Amendment) Act No. 44 of 2002”.

Coast Guard personnel in Diving operation

39

7DEFENCE PRODUCTION AND SUPPLIES...........................................................................................................................................................................

Aero-India Show 2003

44

7.1 Department of Defence Production was setup in 1962, in the aftermath of the Chineseaggression to create a self-reliant and self-sufficient indigenous Defence productionbase. In November 1965, Department ofDefence Supplies was created to forgelinkages between the civil industries andDefence production units. The twodepartments were merged in December1984 into the Department of DefenceProduction and Supplies.

7.2 Since 1962, 16 new Ordnance Factorieshave been set up. Their capacities havebeen augmented and modernisedselectively keeping in mind the emergingrequirements of the Armed Forces. All theOrdnance Factories and Defence PublicSector Undertakings (DPSUs) are engagedin the task of manufacture of equipmentand stores for Defence Services. One moreOrdnance Factory is being set up atNalanda, Bihar. In addition, the capacitiesof civil sector are also utilised for thepurpose. The following DPSUs arefunctioning under the administrativecontrol of the Department :-

(i) Hindustan Aeronautics Limited(HAL)

(ii) Bharat Electronics Limited(BEL)

(iii) Bharat Earth Movers Limited(BEML)

(iv) Mazagon Dock Limited (MDL)

(v) Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL)

(vi) Garden Reach Shipbuilders andEngineers Limited (GRSE)

(vii) Bharat Dynamics Limited(BDL)

(viii) Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited(MIDHANI)

7.3 In addition, the following organisations arealso associated with the Department ofDefence Production and Supplies fortechnical support:-

(i) Directorate General of QualityAssurance (DGQA)

(ii) Directorate of Standardisation(iii) Directorate General of Aeronautical

Quality Assurance (DGAQA)(iv) Directorate of Planning and Coordination(v) Defence Exhibition Organisation (DEO)

7.4 These Defence production units havebecome self reliant, progressively.Additional capacities have been built upand new items have been productionised.These include the main battle tank Arjun,the Advanced Light Helicopter(ALH) anda range of 155 mm ammunition.

7.5 The total value of issues by Ordnance Factoriesand Defence Public Sector Undertakingsduring the last three years, is as follows: -

(Rupees in crore)

Year Ordnance PublicFactories SectorUnder-takings

Total Total GrandSales Sales Total

2000-2001 5522.00 7666.58 13188.582001-2002 6105.00 7666.32 13771.322002-2003 6725.00 9042.27 15767.27(Targets)Achievements 2836.22 7831.65 10667.87(upto Dec, 2002)

7.6 Defence Public Sector Undertakings andOrdnance Factories have exported itemsworth Rs.114.05 crore up to December 31,2002 against the annual target of Rs. 232.63crore for the year 2002-2003.

SUPPLIES WING

7.7 With a view to achieving self-reliance in thevital sector of Defence, the Department hasbeen endeavouring to indigenise defenceequipment wherever technologicallyfeasible and economically viable. It hasbeen a part of our indigenisation effort tolocate and develop broad-based indigenoussupply sources both in the public sector aswell as in the civil trade for manysophisticated and complex equipment.There has been a significant change in therole of private sector/civil trade in the fieldof indigenisation, i.e., from the role ofsupplier of raw-materials, components,sub-systems, they have now becomepartners in the manufacture of completedefence equipment/ systems. The defenceindustry sector, which was so far reservedfor the public sector, has now been openedup for participation by the Indian privatesector. The Indian companies are noweligible to apply for license to set updefence industry for manufacture of alltypes of defence equipment. Suchcompanies can also have foreign directinvestment, upto 26% of their equity. Thisis a watershed in the history of DefenceProduction. Detailed guidelines havealready been issued by the Department ofIndustrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP) inconsultation with the Ministry of Defencesetting out the modalities for consideration

41

45

of applications for grant of license. Duringthe year twelve applications from privatesector have been considered by theDepartment for grant of Letters of Intent.

7.8 For indigenisation of spares of defenceequipment, an institutional framework hasbeen in existence in the form of 8 TechnicalCommittees, comprising of officers from theDirectorate General of Quality Assurance.Each Committee is headed by a Technicalofficer of the rank of Major General/Brigadier or equivalent. These committeesmaintain a compendium of civil industriescapable of undertaking the task ofindigenisation of defence equipment / storesafter conducting surveys and assessing theircapabilities. After identifying items inconsultation with the user services forindigenisation and keeping in view thecommercial viability and the strategic needs,these Committees take up indigenisationactivities and ensure timely supply ofdefence equipment/stores. Governmenthas taken a decision in February, 2002 thatin future indigenisation work would be theresponsibility of Production Agencies likeOrdnance Factories & Defence PSUs andService Headquarters.

7.9 With the objective of encouraging civilindustry for indigenous development ofDefence stores, a scheme of NationalAward for Excellence in indigenisationwas introduced in the year 1993-94. Theefforts made by the Industry insubstituting inputs of defence equipment& stores are duly recognized by theDepartment and deserving units arepresented with suitable awards.

7.10 To help the civil sector familiarize itselfwith the requirements of Armed Forces,permanent sample rooms are maintainedin the four metropolitan cities. Forfacilitating greater and more meaningfulinteraction, conferences/exhibitions areorganised from time to time incollaboration with civil industry. Duringthe year 2002-2003 (upto December, 2002)six exhibitions were conducted at variouslocations throughout the country.

7.11 In the year 2001-2002, Supply Orders wereplaced for ab-initio development of 1405items along with 4 systems/sub-systems.During 2002-2003, 778 items were taken upfor development upto 31.12.2002.

ORDNANCE FACTORIES

7.12 Ordnance Factories are an integrated base forindigenous production of defence hardware& equipment and function under theDepartment of Defence Production &Supplies. Defence production is highlyspecialized, complex and poses uniquechallenges. Products have to be safe, reliable,consistent in quality and capable of operatingunder varying terrains as well as climates andunder extreme conditions. Accordingly, thetechnologies applied, which cover a widespectrum of engineering, metallurgy,chemical, textile, leather and opticaltechnologies, should ensure high quality andproductivity, apart from meeting the primaryobjective of self-reliance. Apart fromsupplying armaments to Armed Forces,wherever adequate capacities are available,the Ordnance Factories also fulfil therequirements of Paramilitary & Police

Forces/Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) forarms, ammunition and clothing etc. Thus, theOrdnance Factories endeavour to enhancetheir capacity utilization not only by securingwork load from the defence forces but alsothrough sustained efforts in diversification tonon-defence customers and exports.

7.13 The Indian Ordnance FactoriesOrganisation completed 200 years of itsexistence on March 18, 2002. The OrdnanceFactories Organisation is a fine blend of theold and the state-of-the-art factories withthe first Ordnance Factory established in1801 at Cossipore, near Kolkata and the 40th

factory being set up with state-of-the-arttechnology at Nalanda, Bihar forproduction of Bi-modular Charges. The 40Ordnance Factories are geographicallydistributed all over the country at 25different locations. The pre-independencefactories had capacities created not only forproduction of finished stores, but also hadin-house facilities integrated backwards forsupply of basic and intermediate materials,for which indigenous industrialinfrastructure in the civil sector was theninadequate. In respect of the factories setup after Independence and with gradualemergence and development of civilindustrial infrastructure in public andprivate sector, the concept of backwardintegration was progressively given up andthe emphasis shifted from production ofbasic intermediate inputs to production offinished stores by drawing upon suppliesfrom the civil sector for raw-materials,components and semi-finished goods to theextent practicable.

42

46

7.14 Organisation : The structure of theOrdnance Factory Organisation waschanged in 1979 to promote cohesive,effective and coordinated functioning, basedon the recommendations of an expert andhigh-powered committee (RajadhyakshaCommittee). The Ordnance Factory Board(OFB) was accordingly formed with DirectorGeneral Ordnance Factories (DGOF) asChairman and 9 Members in the rank ofAdditional DGOF; one member being fromthe Finance stream.

7.15 Presently, Ordnance Factories are dividedinto 5 operating groups/divisions, basedon the main products/technologiesemployed; these are:

Ammunition & Explosives

Weapons, Vehicles and Equipment

Materials and Components

Armoured Vehicles and

Ordnance Equipment Group ofFactories.

7.16 A member/Addl. DGOF heads each of theabove group of factories. The remainingfour Members are responsible for stafffunctions, viz. Personnel, Finance, Planning& Material Management, Projects &Engineering and Technical Services.

7.17 A Special/Extended Ordnance Factory Boardprovides for representation of the Army,Defence Research & DevelopmentOrganisation and Ministry of Defence. TheSpecial Board meetings are held periodicallyto provide appropriate inputs andperspectives for planning resources,upgrading technology of products and

process and on various other critical issuesnecessary for the efficient functioning of OFB.

7.18 Product Profile and Technology : TheOrdnance Factories continuously upgradetheir products and the manufacturingtechnologies to meet the emerging needsof Defence Forces. The facilities andcapacities in the Ordnance Factories producea wide range of arms and ammunitions forthe Infantry, Artillery and Armoured Corpsof the Army; Navy and the Air Force. Thefactories produce Military TransportVehicles, Infantry Combat Vehicles,

Armoured Vehicles, Optical and Opto-electronic instruments, summer & winteruniforms, parachutes, miscellaneous leathergoods and general stores etc. Facilities alsoexist for design & manufacture of specialpurpose machine tools for captive use in theproduction of arms & ammunition.

7.19 A major thrust is being given inOrdnance Factories to achieve optimumcapacity utilization not only by securingincreased workload from the DefenceForces but also through sustained efforts

Aerial Delivery Bombs manufactured in Ordnance Factories

Bomb PracticeSmoke and Flash 25 Ibs

Bomb 3 kg Practice

Cluster Bomb — Anti Armour Antipersonnel

Bomb 450 kg HSLD Bomb

Bomb 250 kg HSLD A/C Bomb

Bomb HE 1000 Ibs

43

47

in diversification to non-defencecustomers and exports.

7.20 Growth : The sales of Ordnance Factorieshave been steadily growing over the years.A record total sales of Rs.6105 crore wasachieved during 2001-2002 representing anincrease of about 8.9% over the precedingyear’s sales of Rs. 5608 crore. In 2002-2003,the sales of Ordnance Factories areexpected to be higher at Rs. 6502 crore.Ordnance Factories have endeavoured tokeep pace with the development in arms,ammunition and other equipment byupdating/upgrading technology eitherthrough Defence Research andDevelopment Organisation or throughtransfer of technology (TOT) route.

7.21 The Ordnance Factories have also steadilyincreased their sales to non-defencecustomers, including exports. During 2001-2002, 12.4% (Rs 756 crore) of the total salesof the Ordnance Factories was to non-defence customers. This represents a 25.2%growth over the previous years’ sales tonon-defence customers (Rs 604 crore). In2002-2003, the sales to non-defencecustomers are expected to be much higherat Rs.874 crore.

7.22 Highlights : Some of the significantachievements of Ordnance Factories in lastfew years have been as follows:-

(i) While all the thirty nine OrdnanceFactories( 40th being set up) havebeen accredited with QualityManagement Systems (ISO9002:9004), five Ordnance Factorieshave also been accredited IS/ISO

9001:2000 quality system, which is anupgraded version that gives specialemphasis on customer satisfactionand continued improvement inQuality and Process Control. Apartfrom the five Ordnance Factoriesalready accredited with IS/ISO9001:2000, two more OrdnanceFactories have been recommendedfor IS/ISO 9001:2000 accreditations.

(ii) The increased capacity utilizationsaw the defence forces benefit by wayof reduced prices. The year 2001-2002saw a 3.00% reduction in the averageweighted price of OrdnanceFactories. During 2002-2003, theaverage weighted price has beenfurther reduced by another 1.01%.

(iii) Ordnance Factory Project, Medak(OFPM) has established new methodof proof firing Carrier Mortar Track(CMT) Vehicles. This will increase theproof firing capacity by three times.

(iv) Rifle Factory, Ishapore (RFI) hasdeveloped and established productionof a state-of-the-art 0.22” Revolver, anew weapon for personal safety. Thedevelopment and manufacture of thisRevolver was completed in less thana year, and the Revolver was formallylaunched on 17.6.2002.

(v) In line with the international trend toupgrade existing equipment, since itis economical to upgrade the existingequipment such that it matches theperformance of the new equipment,Ordnance Factories are in the process

of producing 155 mm upgradedequipment for the Army.

(vi) Ordnance Factories are going toestablish Radial Forging Facilities forproduction of heavy caliber gunbarrels. This is a state-of-the-art plantavailable only in a few countries.

(vii) Opto Electronics Factory, Dehradun(OLF) obtained accreditation for itsOptical Calibration Laboratories fromthe National Accreditation Board forLaboratories (NABL).

(viii) Ordnance Factory, Nalanda is a greenfield project conceived formanufacture of Propellant Charges for155 mm weapon systems at Rajgir inNalanda district of Bihar. An area of2700 acres has been acquired and civilworks have commenced at the site.

(ix) The T-90 Main Battle Tanks have beeninducted into the Indian Army andits indigenous production is plannedin the Ordnance Factories. Theactivities pertaining to establishmentof indigenous production isprogressing in full swing and the firstindigenously produced T-90 tank isexpected to roll out during 2003-2004.The induction of T-90 tanks isexpected to increase the strikecapability of the Indian Army.

7.23 Self Certification in Ordnance Factories :Continuing their commitment to quality,and in line with the practices prevailing inindustry, both within and outside thecountry, Ordnance Factories have startedself-certification since 1.4.2002, thereby,

44

48

standing guarantee to the productssupplied by them to the Defence Forces.Presently, self-certification extends to sevenfast moving clothing & general store itemsaccounting for about 20% of the turnoverof the Ordnance Equipment Group offactories. In course of time, more items willbe covered under self-certification.

7.24 In-house Research and DevelopmentActivities : In-house Research &Development activities towards Product &Process improvements are receiving greatdeal of attention in Ordnance Factories.Techniques of solid modelling andsensitivity analysis are adopted to meet thedesign needs of defence stores. Some of themajor achievements in the field of in-houseR&D are as follows:-

(i) Development of indigenoussubstitute of various components &sub-assemblies of Shell 155 mmIlluminating 18 km MIRA.

(ii) Development of Aluminum Alloy7010 Flat for Light Combat Aircraftin controlled stretched T-76351condition.

(iii) Development of indigenous capacitorunit for TDPK-I (Laser RangingFinder with Fire Control System)

(iv) Development of indigenous ignitionunit for TDPK-I.

(v) Development of indigenous photoDetector Assembly with modifiedIgnition unit for Block ‘D’ of TDPK-I.

(vi) Development of Assault Rifle tomatch the capabilities of AK-47, the

Rifle has been offered to the Ministryof Home Affairs units for trials.

7.25 Diversification into Civil Trade andExports : Ordnance Factories produce alarge variety of chemicals for commercialuse by industries in the civil sector. They alsomanufacture a wide range of textiles, leathergoods and sporting arms and ammunitionfor the civil sector. The sales towards civiltrade during 2001-2002 were Rs. 271 croreas compared to Rs. 218 crore in thepreceding year, which represents a growthof 24%. The production of .32” Revolvers &Pistols was substantially increased to 19,000Revolvers and 4300 Pistols during 2001-2002, as compared to 10,500 Revolvers and1600 Pistols in the preceding year, whichgenerated revenue worth Rs 103 croreduring 2001-2002. Ex-shelf position has beenachieved in respect of .32” Pistol. Therevenue from sporting arms & ammunitionduring 2000-2001 was Rs. 167 crore asagainst Rs. 118 crore in the previous year,which represents a 41.5% growth.

7.26 Arms & ammunition, weapon spares,chemicals & explosives, leather and clothingitems have been exported by OrdnanceFactories to thirty countries worldwide.Ordnance Factories are making vigorousmarketing efforts to boost exports byparticipating in International Exhibitions,product promotion through advertisementsin the international media, interaction withvisiting delegations from target countries,agents and customer’s representatives, bothin India and abroad. Product catalogueCompact Discs (CDs) that are e-mail-ableand printable, have been developed to enable

customers immediate access to the desiredinformation. Online Internet ID has been setup to cut down response time to a few hours.With this aggressive marketing effort,Ordnance Factories were able to book ordersto the tune of Rs. 62 crore till 31.10.2002.

7.27 While OFB have maintained their footholdin traditional markets of Nepal, Thailand,Malaysia, Algeria, Turkey and Botswana,they have also booked orders from USA,Swaziland, New Zealand etc. in the currentyear. During 2001-2002, Ordnance Factoriesmade exports to the tune of Rs. 35.3 crore.During, 2002-2003 exports are expected tobe in the range of Rs. 60 crore.

MODERNISATION OF ORDNANCEFACTORIES

7.28 Government has finalized a modernisationplan for all the Ordnance Factories. Theplan encompasses upgrading technology,augmenting capacities and replacement ofold/obsolete technologies and productionfacilities with plant & machinery of latesttechnology. Modernisation and automationof the infrastructure in Ordnance Factoriesis being done to update the plant andmachinery to meet the quantitative andqualitative demands of the end products.The product technology, as well as theprocess requirements and capabilities, arekept in mind during the process ofmodernisation. The technologies andmachines being planned are flexible so asto cater to a wide range of products. Duringthe 10th plan period, an investment ofRs. 1786 crore is envisaged for themodernization plan.

45

49

ENERGY CONSERVATION

7.29 Efforts aimed at energy conservation are acontinuous process in Ordnance Factories.The conservation measures encompass allspheres of activities. Consequent to theenergy conservation measures adopted byOrdnance Factories, there have beenreduction in the cost of energy consumptionwith respect to the cost of production.Economy in energy consumption is achievedthrough improved efficiency, enhancedutilization and by upgrading technology.The energy consumption during 2001-2002was 3.38% of the value of production asagainst the targetted 4.2% for the year.

SAFETY

7.30 The corporate safety policy was reviewedduring 1996 to bring in stringent safetystandards, safety consciousness andvigilance in the ordnance factories. Thesafety manuals and standing instructionssupplement safety policies. A disastermanagement plan is also prepared forcontingent measures and SafetyCommittees (central and shop level) havebeen constituted. Accident prone andhazardous areas merit special concern andattention.

7.31 A three-tier safety audit and monitoringsystem ensures strict implementation ofthe laid down safety norms. Safety auditsare carried out at level-I by the factoryon monthly basis, at level-II by a teamof Safety Officers from other Factories onsix monthly basis and at Level-III byRegional Controllerate of Safety (RCS).Rectification of the deviations reported

in the audit is closely monitored by therespective RCS and at Corporate level bythe Controller of Safety (COS)/OFB.

7.32 A one-day safety seminar was organised atPune by Ordnance Factory Staff College onOctober 20, 2002 to discuss and deliberateon various safety aspects and concerns andto ensure focus on safety preparedness andevolve preventive strategies and formulateaction plan.

POLLUTION CONTROL

7.33 The pollution control activities in theOrdnance Factories are given dueimportance. The factories obtain statutoryconsent orders from the respective StatePollution Control Boards for discharge ofliquid effluents and gaseous emissionsand have fully operational EffluentTreatment Plants. The factories also submitannual Environmental Statements to therespective State Pollution Control Boardsin the specified format within thestipulated time frame.

ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

7.34 In line with the Government policy forprotection of environment, afforestation isundertaken in all the Ordnance Factoriesas an ongoing process. It is planned to plant41,25,025 new trees in 2002-2003 out ofwhich 21,32,041 trees have been planted upto 31.10.2002.

PRODUCTIVITY BONUS

7.35 The formula for payment of ProductivityLinked Bonus (PLB) to civilian employees of

Defence Production Establishments has beenrevised. Based on the revised formula, PLBequivalent to 41 days wages was paid to theeligible employees for the year 2001-2002.

COMPUTERISATION IN ORDNANCEFACTORIES

7.36 Information Technology (IT) is a majorthrust area to provide ManagementInformation for decision support systemsat all levels, improve design capabilities,improve accounting and analysis andreduce paper work.

7.37 At the Ordnance Factory Board and in allthe Ordnance Factories ComputerisedApplications have been implemented in theareas of:

- On line Production Planning andControl (PPC)

- Pay-roll

- Personnel Information System (PIS)

7.38 Computerized Personnel InformationSystem for all employees of OrdnanceFactories and Production MonitoringSystem (PROMOS) are maintained at OFBoard, Kolkata. Local Area Network (LAN)has been established in Ordnance Factories,Regional Training Institutes, OrdnanceFactory Staff College and Ordnance FactoryBoard. Satellite based Wide Area Network(WAN) has been established to connect theOrdnance Factories and OFB for Voice andData Communication. Video conferencingfacility is also available at 5 locations. Aproject for LAN & WAN integration andcomputerized MIS at Board level isunder progress. Updated information on

46

50

Products, Services and other relevantmatters is now available at OrdnanceFactory Board website www.ofbindia.com.

QUALITY MANAGEMENT

7.39 In Ordnance Factories, quality improvementis an ongoing process and is inbuilt into theproduction system. Implementation of TotalQuality Management (TQM) concepts hasbeen given a major thrust in all OrdnanceFactories. The Quality Managementprinciples outlined in ISO 9000:2000 are beingincorporated in all Ordnance Factories.Measurable indices are being developed inline with ISO-(December, 2000 revision)standards for incorporation in QualityProcedures towards ISO 9001:2000certification well before the deadline ofDecember 2003. Nineteen Ordnance Factorieshave already got accreditation of theirlaboratories from National AccreditationBoard for Laboratories (NABL).

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

7.40 To get feedback from customers, teams fromOrdnance Factories regularly visit depotsand forward areas to attend to customercomplaints, understand the problems facedby the users and also understand theirexpectations from the product. Joint teamscomprising officers from OFB and DGQAalso visit forward areas to get user feedbackwith a view to improve quality.

RAJBHASHA

7.41 Progressive use of Hindi is given dueimportance in the Ordnance Factories.

Separate Official Language ImplementationCommittees (OLICs) are functioning at eachunit. Quarterly meetings are being heldregularly to review the progress ofRajbhasha in various units as well as theOrdnance Factory Board.

7.42 Hindi Workshop classes were organized foremployees in OFB Headquarters. Theobjective of the workshop was to provide anopportunity to the participants to understandthe use of Hindi in day-to-day office work.Rajbhasha competitions were held in allOrdnance Factories and the OFBHeadquarters. The competitions includedHindi Essay, Debate, Typing, Noting andDrafting etc. The winners of thesecompetitions were suitably awarded atfunctions held on Hindi Day/Fortnight on14.09.2002. Efforts are being made to providebilingual software for most of the computers.

PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS

7.43 The Investment, Value of Production andSales and Profit of the 8 Defence PublicSector Undertakings are given inAppendices-I to III to this chapter.

HINDUSTAN AERONAUTICSLIMITED (HAL)

7.44 Hindustan Aeronautics Limited wasformed in October 1964 by merging ofHindustan Aircraft Limited andAeronautics India Limited. The companyhas 12 divisions located in 6 States.

7.45 Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) hasevolved into a large Aeronautics Complexin Asia. It has built up comprehensive skills

in design, manufacture and overhaul ofFighters, Trainers, Helicopters, TransportAircraft, Engines, Avionics and SystemEquipment. Its product track record consistsof 11 types of Aircraft from in-house R&Dand 13 types by licence production inclusiveof 8 types of Aero Engines and over 1000items of Aircraft System Equipment(Avionics, Mechanical and Electrical).

7.46 HAL’s major supplies/services are to theIAF, the Navy, the Army, the Coast Guardand the BSF. As a spin-off, Transportaircraft and Helicopters have been suppliedto Airlines as well as State Governments.The company also supports fully the SpaceVehicle programme of Indian SpaceResearch Organisation (ISRO) andparticipates in the missile development andmanufacture programmes.

7.47 Presently, HAL has developed itself into alarge multi-disciplinary AeronauticalComplex. In order to meet the challengesof the 21st century, the company hasredefined its mission as follows:-

“To become a globally competitiveAerospace industry while working as aninstrument for achieving self-reliance indesign, manufacture and maintenance ofAerospace Defence equipment anddiversifying to related areas, managing thebusiness on commercial lines in a climateof growing professional competence.”

7.48 Realising the urgent need in the postliberalization phase for strengtheningResearch & Design activities, the same hasbeen re-organised into several discrete andfunctional Research & Design Centres and

47

51

co-located with related manufacturingdivisions for synergy.

7.49 Significant achievements of HAL duringthe year are highlighted below: -

(i) HAL has undertaken several newprojects, such as Series Production ofAdvanced Light Helicopter (ALH),Licence Production of SU-30MKI,Development of Intermediate JetTrainer (IJT), Limited SeriesProduction of Light Combat Aircraft(LCA) apart from several upgradeprogrammes such as MiG-21 BIS,MiG-27M, Jaguar and HS-748.

(ii) 5775 items are planned forindigenisation during 2002-03resulting in an estimated savings ofRs.31.00 crore per annum at currentprice level. 4174 items wereindigenised during the period April- December 2002 and the anticipatedforeign exchange savings would beRs.24.61 crore per annum.

(iii) The company has bagged “GoldTrophy” of Standing Conference ofPublic Enterprises (SCOPE) forexcellence and outstandingcontribution to the Public SectorManagement- Institutional Category1998-99 and the “Best Top Ten MOU”Award by the Department of PublicEnterprises for 1999-2000.

(iv) The company has receivedEngineering Export PromotionCouncil (EEPC) Award for the ninthsuccessive year, sponsored by theMinistry of Commerce, Governmentof India for best performance in“Engineering Consultancy,Technology Know-how and otherEngineering Services” category.

(v) All the manufacturing and overhauldivisions of HAL are certified to ISO9001/9002 standards of QualitySystems. 5 Divisions are alsocertified for ISO 14001 EnvironmentalManagement Systems.

(vi) Implementation of a number ofquality and safety improvements aspart of the quality improvement planshas resulted in significant reduction incustomer complaints and prematurewithdrawals of HAL products.

(vii) HAL Divisions are providing a totalsupport (both technical and logistics)required by the customers foreffective utilization of the productsmanufactured/ overhauled at HALand keep the aircraft, engines andequipment fit for use to fulfil thecustomer’s mission.

(viii) A world-class multi-role, multi-

mission cost effective AdvancedLight Helicopter of 5 ton categorywith a high degree of composite andadvanced technology features hasbeen developed by HAL for the firsttime to cater to the requirements ofArmy, Navy, Air Force and Civilapplications. 7 Helicopters have beendelivered to Army (4), Navy (1), IAF(1), CG (1) in 2001-02 and 11 areplanned for delivery in 2002-03.

(ix) HAL being the major partner in theLight Combat Aircraft (LCA) projecthas contributed by way of structuraldesign, systems design andintegration, development ofprototype and also design anddevelopment of a large number ofelectrical, hydro-mechanical andadvanced avionics items.

(x) HAL has initiated the project fordeveloping a new Intermediate JetTrainer aircraft (HJT-36), which willhave better performance andmanoeuvrability with lesser weightand lower operating cost, higherarmament carrying capability andmodern systems & avionics.

(xi) The upgradation of direct supplyJaguar Navwass aircraft has beenundertaken by the company forintegration of latest avionics systemfor improving navigation andweapon aiming performance. Thesystem integration on trial aircraftand the development work areexpected to be completed by 2003-04 and will be followed byupgradation on the series aircraft.

HPT-32

48

52

(xii) The development of PTAE-7 Enginesfor use on Pilotless Target Aircraft hasbeen successfully completed. Furtherperformance fine tuning requestedby Aeronautical DevelopmentEstablishment (ADE) are being takenup.

(xiii) MIG-21 BIS upgradation hascommenced at HAL and upgradationhas been completed on 21 aircrafts asof December 2002 out of the 123planned for upgradation.

BHARAT ELECTRONICSLIMITED (BEL)

7.50 The Bharat Electronics Limited, establishedin 1954 with its corporate office atBangalore, has nine units in the country. Itis engaged in the design, development andmanufacture of sophisticated state-of-the-art electronics equipment components forthe use of defence services, para-militaryorganizations and other governmentalusers like All India Radio, Doordarshan,Department of Telecommunications, PoliceWireless, Meteorological Department etc.BEL is focusing on R&D within thecompany to generate substantial businessfor the company using the state-of-the-artmanufacturing and testing facilitiesavailable. On-line computerization formaterials management, state-of-the-art testfacilities, facilities for carrying outenvironment and reliability checks, electro-magnetic interference/electro magneticcompatibility testing facility, antennatesting facility, back-up support fromstandardisation, technical information and

documentation, and computer-aideddesign and manufacture have made BEL amodern professional electronic company.

7.51 Significant achievements of BEL during theyear are: -

(i) Around 72% of BEL’s turnover hasbeen for the Defence Services andBEL’s contributions to the Services intheir various programmes like PlanAREN for Army, Plan ADGES for AirForce and Navy’s modernizationprogrammes have been verysignificant. BEL meets a variety ofrequirements of the Services in thearea of Radars, Sonars,Communication Equipment andSystems, SATCOM, Tank Electronics,Electronic Warfare Equipment etc.,meeting stringent Defencespecifications with the assurance oflifetime product support.

(ii) BEL is also playing a significant rolein the civilian ‘ProfessionalElectronics’ sector of the countryparticularly for the Ministry ofInformation and Broadcasting bysupplying it with bulk of itsinfrastructural requirements for Radioand TV Broadcasting, like StudioEquipment, Transmitters, SatelliteUplinks, OB Vans etc. In the field oftelecommunication too, BEL has hadan important part to play, particularlyin the area of transmission equipmentwhere it had met the significantrequirements of the Bharat SancharNigam Limited (BSNL). BEL had

important role in the modernisation ofthe Airports through supply ofPrimary/Secondary SurveillanceRadars to Airports Authority of India.Some of the recent additions to BEL’sproduct mix in the Civil Sector includeIntegrated Fish Finder and NavigationGuidance System, Solar TrafficSignals, Mother boards for computer,Satellite Communication Network forAndhra Pradesh, Electronic VotingMachine (EVM) etc.

(iii) BEL pioneered the growth of theelectronic ‘Components’ industry inthe country by setting up themanufacture of electron tubes [TVpicture tubes for the consumerelectronics industry, transmittingtubes for All India Radio/Doordarshan and the Industrialneeds, microwave tubes, x-raytubes, vacuum interrupters etc.],Semiconductor Devices, IntegratedCircuits, Hybrid Micro Circuits,Liquid Crystal Displays, Solar Cells& systems, passive components likeCrystals & Capacitors etc.

(iv) BEL’s R&D Units develop a numberof new products every year. Thesenew products contribute to theturnover through successfulcommercialisation. The efforts ofR&D have resulted in substantialsavings of foreign exchange throughimport substitution and indigenisationover the years. Many strategicrequirements of the nation in the areaof professional electronics & defence

49

53

electronics have been developedthrough the R&D efforts. Some of theR&D developed products find placein the world market also. BEL R&DUnits have been receiving NationalR&D awards, quite regularly.

(v) BEL has been conferred with DSIRNational R&D Award for in-houseR&D efforts under Electronics IndustrySector for R&D project Radar VideoGenerator & Simulation ScenarioGenerator for the Reporter Radar.

(vi) All the Units of BEL are certified forISO 9001/9002. Action has alreadybeen initiated to graduate to ISO9000: 2000 during the year 2001-02and already 5 divisions have beencertified ISO 9000 : 2000.

(vii) The MoU rating for the period underreview is excellent.

BHARAT EARTH MOVERSLIMITED (BEML)

7.52 Bharat Earth Movers Limited was establishedin May 1964 and commenced operationsfrom January 1965. With the disinvestmentsof shares of BEML, Government of India isstill the major shareholder as of end March2002, holding over 61.23% of equity sharesof the company. BEML’s manufacturingdivisions are located at Bangalore, Kolar GoldFields (KGF) and Mysore.

7.53 All the production units of BEML are fullyequipped with necessary general purposemachines and special purpose machineslike extra heavy duty machines, ComputerNumerically Controlled boring machines

(CNC machines), CNC bevel generatingsystem of Gleason design, flexiblemanufacturing system, heavy and largesize fabrication facility, welding robots, etc.,to manufacture transmission and axles,Hydraulic control valves, cylinders andpumps, diesel engines, railway coaches, railbuses, railway wagons, Alternating CurrentElectrical Multiple Units(ACEMUs), heavyduty all terrain multi axle trucks, earthmoving machinery and Tracked militaryvehicles like armoured recovery vehicles,self propelled gun, tanks and other militaryvehicles like heavy recovery vehicles,bridge laying tank, truck based mobilebridge system, mounted gun system ontruck chassis, rocket launcher system etc.

7.54 Significant achievements of BEML duringthe year : -

(i) Continued emphasis is given to R&Dactivities so that the Companymaintains its position of leadershipin earthmoving industry. Movingahead in this direction, the Companyhas successfully productionisedBE1600 Hydraulic Excavator,BG605A Articulated Motor Grader &BL10C Side Discharge Loader.

(ii) BEML’s R&D wing is presentlyworking on design and developmentof disaster management equipmentwith financial assistance fromTechnology Information, Forecastingand Assessment Council (TIFAC) ofthe Department of Science andTechnology. The project envisagesdesign changes to accommodatespecial attachments on 30 Ton class

Excavators for application inclearance of material in disasteraffected areas as well as a radiocontrolled dozer for deployment inhazardous working environment.

(iii) BEML’s products are exported to UK,Middle East, Sri Lanka, Bangladeshand African Countries. Value of exportstill December 2002 was Rs. 10.36 crore.

(iv) All the manufacturing units of BEMLcontinue to hold accreditation to ISO9001 certification.

MAZAGON DOCK LIMITED (MDL)

7.55 Mazagon Dock Limited was taken over byGovernment of India in May 1960. It is a leadingshipyard in the country and builds a variety ofships for the defence and civil sectors. Itsproduct range includes, destroyers, frigates,missile boats, corvettes, submarines and patrolvessels for the defence sector and merchantvessels, dredgers etc. for the civil sector. MDLhas also diversified its product range to caterto the needs of the oil exploration sector byproducing and installing well head platformsof the Oil and Natural Gas Commission.

7.56 Significant achievements of the Companyduring the year have been:

(i) Delivery of Missile Boat “INSPRABAL” to Indian Navy.

(ii) Launching of the first Border Outpost(BOP) Seema Prahari Dwarka forBorder Security Force.

(iii) Laying of keels of the first, second andthird BOP for BSF and second warshipof P-17 Project for Indian Navy.

50

54

GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS &ENGINEERS LIMITED ( GRSE)

7.57 Garden Reach Shipbuilders and EngineersLtd. was acquired by the Government ofIndia in 1960 as a public sector undertakingunder the Ministry of Defence. Thecompany builds and repairs warships andauxiliary vessels for the Indian Navy andthe Coast Guard. Its product range includesfrigates, corvettes, oil tankers, patrolvessels, attack craft, high technology shipborne equipment, portable bailey type steelbridges, turbine pumps for the agriculturalsector, main sewage treatment plants, dieselengines etc.

7.58 Significant achievements of the Companyduring the year are highlighted below :

(i) Third and fourth Fast Attack Crafts(FACs) of the series was delivered tothe Indian Navy.

(ii) The third follow-on Corvette of P-25A series was delivered to theIndian Navy.

(iii) The last of the series of sixHovercrafts (H-186) was delivered tothe Coast Guard.

(iv) An export order of Rs. 25 lakh(US$ 54,000) was successfullycompleted for a South East Asian firm.

GOA SHIPYARD LIMITED (GSL)

7.59 Goa Shipyard Limited was taken over bythe Government of India in 1967 as a PublicSector Undertaking under the Ministry ofDefence. The company builds a variety ofmedium size, special purpose ships for the

Defence and Civil Sector. Its product rangeincludes survey vessels, missile boats, patrolvessels, offshore supply vessels, oil tankers,passenger ferries, tugs and barges etc.

7.60 Significant achievements of the Companyduring the year are indicated below:-

(i) One Fast Patrol Vessel was deliveredto Indian Coast Guard in November2002.

(ii) The Company has augmented its shiprepair facilities by renovating andmodernising two slipways with aview to obtain large repair andshipbuilding orders for marine andnaval vessels.

(iii) The Company has been awarded ISO9001 Certification for ‘Design,Construction and Repair of varioustypes of ships and crafts’. TheCompany also initiated steps toobtain certification under ISO 9000-2000 in the year 2002-2003.

(iv) The Company has embarked on anexport promotion drive throughbidding for global tenders andparticipating abroad in exhibitions,seminars and presentations relatingto shipbuilding capacities of theCompany.

BHARAT DYNAMICS LIMITED (BDL)

7.61 BDL was set up in 1970 for manufacture ofGuided missiles. It is among a few strategicindustries and possesses the capability toproduce advanced Guided Missile systems.The Company is working hand in hand

with DRDO for technology absorption ofother missiles under Integrated MissileDevelopment Programme.

7.62 The highlights of BDL’s performanceduring the year are: -

(i) During the year 2001-2002, the 4th

Division of BDL, InformationTechnology Division also receivedISO – 9001 accreditation.

(ii) BDL attaches the utmost importanceto customer satisfaction. Thecompany regularly participated infield firings conducted by the users.

(iii) BDL carried out variousimprovements in manufacturingprocess and inspection procedures.Efficiency in the process hasincreased by way of computerization.These have resulted in increasingvalue added per employee, steadily.

(iv) BDL has also started manufacturingthe lightweight torpedo developedby DRDO, which can be launchedfrom surface ships to helicopters.

MISHRA DHATU NIGAMLIMITED (MIDHANI)

7.63 Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited(MIDHANI) was incorporated as aPublic Sector Undertaking in 1973 atHyderabad to achieve self-reliance in theareas of super-alloys, titanium alloys andspecial purpose steels required forstrategic sectors like Aeronautics, Space,Armaments, Atomic Energy, Navy,Special products like molybdenum wiresand plates, titanium and stainless steel

51

55

tubes, alloys for electrical and electronicapplication like soft magnetic alloys,controlled expansion alloys and resistancealloys.

7.64 The significant achievements ofMIDHANI during the year aresummarised as under:-

(i) MIDHANI successfully demonstratedthe technological capability ofproducing a sophisticated Niobiumalloy required for critical spaceapplication.

(ii) Successfully developed complicatedshaped forgings of a special stainlesssteel as a part of Company’s strategyto move towards value addedproducts.

(iii) Successfully completed hot rolling ofthick plates of titanium alloy forfabrication of high-pressure ‘GasBottles’ for the first time in thecountry.

(iv) Successfully productionised a widerange of high quality bio-medicalimplants made of Titanium as low-cost import substitutes and attaineda stage for launching it oncommercial scale.

(v) MIDHANI continued to extendspecial materials support toprogrammes of national importancesuch as LCA, PSLV/GSLV,Armaments in the Defence,Aeronautical, Space & Atomic EnergySectors.

(vi) Executed an export order for large

size plates/slabs of titaniumalloy (Ti-6 Al- 4V).

(vii) MIDHANI has successfullydeveloped and characterized thefiller wires and subsequently usedthem to overlay AB2PK forgings asper the requirements.

(viii) MIDHANI exported goods valued atRs 64.84 lakhs upto December, 2002,which consisted mainly ofMolybdenum and Titanium productsto Netherlands, Taiwan, Vietnam,Japan and United States of America.

(ix) MIDHANI has developedmanufacturing process for makingtitanium alloy hemisphere throughsuper plastic forming, which is a veryadvanced technology. Thespecialized Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG)facility for making value added itemshave been commissioned. Weldingand testing of weld coupons is inprogress.

(x) Surveillance audit by Bureau ofIndian Standards (BIS) forcertification of MIDHANI QualitySystem to IS/ISO 9002, 1994, hasbeen successfully completed duringthe year.

(xi) MIDHANI has obtained qualitycertification of its products from -

l M/s Boeing Aircraft Company, USAfor Titanium and titanium alloys forC-17 program and MD series,

l M/s General Electric Aero Engines,USA, and

l DGCA, DGAQA, DGQA andcustomers like VSSC.

OTHER ORGANISATIONS INDEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE

PRODUCTION AND SUPPLIES

DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF QUALITYASSURANCE (DGQA)

7.65 The Directorate General of Quality Assurance(DGQA) is an inter-service organisationfunctioning under the Department of DefenceProduction & Supplies. It is responsible forQuality Assurance of all defence stores andequipments, both imported and indigenousfor the Army, the Navy (excluding navalarmaments) and all common users items forthe Air Force. It has, therefore, a vital role toplay in the defence preparedness of theCountry.

7.66 The Organisation is structured into sevenTechnical Directorates each of which isresponsible for a distinct range ofequipment. The Technical Directorates arevertically structured in three - tiers forfunctional purposes, comprising theirrespective Headquarters, Controllerates,Field Quality Assurances Establishments &Proof Establishments (for Armamentdiscipline only). The tasks performed bythem are complimentary and are integratedto achieve maximum efficiency.

7.67 Inspection of stores: The DGQA areensuring that stores accepted are strictly asper prescribed specifications andperformance parameters. The value ofstores inspected & accepted by DGQAduring the last three years are as under:

52

56

Value (Rs. in crore)Year Inspected

2000-2001 11837

2001-2002 12808

2002-2003 9695(upto Dec., 2002)

7.68 Quality Assurance of ImportedEquipment : DGQA is performing thevital role of inspection of ImportedEquipment and Weapon System beingacquired by the Armed Forces. During thelast 3 years Consignments from foreignsources of Ammunition, Missiles,Weapons and Clothing items worth Rs.2500 crore (approx) have been inspectedby DGQA.

7.69 Self Certification :DGQA Organisationhas been awarding Self-Certificationstatus to Quality conscious firms/manufacturers who have wellestablished Quality Management systemand demonstrate consistent productquality during the execution ofsuccessive Defence Supply Orders. 30firms have been awarded Self-Certification status so far.

7.70 Exhibition : DGQA in association withDepartment of SSI, organised 8 exhibitionsat different locations all over the countryduring the year. In addition to displayingthe samples by various technicaldirectorates, Vendor AwarenessProgrammes were organised by DefenceInstitute of Quality Assurance, Bangalore.

DIRECTORATE GENERAL OFAERONAUTICAL QUALITY

ASSURANCE(DGAQA)

7.71 DGAQA has its Headquarters at NewDelhi with Resident InspectionEstablishments at various productioncentres in the country. Its main functionsinter-alia include quality assurance duringdesign/development, production, overhauland repair of military aircraft andaccessories, technical association withDRDO, establishment of indigenous sparesfor production of aeronautical stores etc.

7.72 During the year 2002-2003, (uptoDecember, 2002), DGAQA has inspectedAeronautical Stores of the value ofRs.1260.00 crore. DGAQA also activelyassociated in the QA of varioussophisticated indigenous projects and alsoparticipated in Integrated Guided MissileDevelopment Programme (IGMDP) andnon-IGMDP Projects like Prithvi/Akash/Trishul Missiles, both as the overall NodalAgency and Quality Assurance Agency formost of the major systems.

DIRECTORATE OFSTANDARDISATION

7.73 Directorate of Standardisation was set-upin 1962 with the objective of controllingitems proliferation within Defence Services.Nine standardisation cells and sixDetachments have been located at nodalstations in the country to give a boost tothe Standardisation activity. The primeobjective of Directorate of Standardisationis to establish commonality in equipmentand components among the three Servicesso that the overall inventory of DefenceServices is reduced to the minimum. Thisobjective is sought to be achieved through:

(i) Preparation of Standardisationdocuments such as Joint ServicesSpecifications, Joint ServicesPreferred Ranges, Joint ServicesRationalised Lists, Joint ServicesGuides, Joint Services PolicyStatements & Joint ServicesQualitative requirements.

(ii) Codification & Cataloguing ofDefence Inventory and

(iii) Entry Control

7.74 Standardisation activities are done through13 Standardisation Sub – Committees,Panels/Working Groups under these Sub– Committees and several SpecialistTechnical Panels (STP).

7.75 Its major achievements during the yearhave been as follows:-

(i) 408 documents, which hadcompleted 5 years life, have beenrevised.

ALH Dhruv

53

57

(ii) 690 standard documents wereformulated.

(iii) 486 items were considered for varietyreduction under 21 Joint ServicesRationalized Lists during 2001-2002.This quantity was reduced by 115items, thus bringing about a 23.40%reduction.

7.76 Codification and Cataloguing : Incontinuation of the process of acceleratingthe pace of codification, 1.13 lakh itemswere codified during the year 2001-2002,thereby making the cumulative number as21.95 lakh as on 31st March 2002. 2308catalogues regarding Main Equipment/Sub-Assemblies and components werepublished during the year.

7.77 Networking and Website : The website ofthe Directorate of Standardisation has sincebeen uploaded with large volumes of variousStandards for the Organisations responsiblefor design, development, manufacture andbench marking of Defence inventory. 4Departmental Servers have been setup for Codification and Cataloguing,Administration, Standardisation andTechnical Support & Information TechnologyGroup. The total capacity of the Server isnow 409.5 GB. Various Indian and Foreignstandards are available on the website.

7.78 Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) hasbeen designed so that the Codification andStandardisation Database will be replicatedat various Defence Standardisation CellsNetworks. MAN at Jabalpur, Avadi, Pune,Ichapur, Hyderabad and Bangalore hasestablished connectivity with this

Directorate’s Network. Various users arenow accessing this service.

7.79 ISO 9000 Certification was awarded to theDirectorate of Standardisation and its cellInstitute of Standard Training, Pune inMarch 2002 for the technical support andservice provided by Directorate ofStandardisation to various organisations.

DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING& CO-ORDINATION

7.80 The Directorate of Planning andCoordination was set up in 1964 with theprimary objective of preparing the overallplans for production of defence equipmentin the country. It acts as a catalyst in thedefence production efforts by providing adynamic link between the productionorganisations, the users, the Research &Development (R&D) agencies and the qualityassurance organisations thereby facilitatingTransfer of Technology (ToT) and themodernisation plan of Ordnance FactoryBoard. In furtherance of its role, theDirectorate represents the Department ofDefence Production and Supplies in theGeneral Staff Equipment Policy Committee,the R&D panels and StandardisationCommittees. The Directorate also representsthe Department of Defence Production andSupplies in the Licensing Committeemeetings of the Ministry of Industry to ensurethat there is no overlap in the capacitiescreated elsewhere and under the Ministryof Defence. The cases for setting up ofOrdnance Factories in the country at thegreen field sites as well as progressingelectronics related projects for the defence

forces are processed by the Directorate. TheDirectorate is also the nodal point in theDepartment for international co-operation ondefence production and defence exports.

DEFENCE EXHIBITIONORGANISATION

7.81 The Defence Exhibition Organization (DEO)established in 1981, is primarily responsiblefor organising and coordinating defenceexhibitions in India and abroad. It maintainsa permanent defence exhibition pavilion atPragati Maidan, New Delhi. The OrdnanceFactory Board; Defence Public SectorUndertakings (DPSUs); Defence Researchand Development Organisation (DRDO);Directorate General of Quality Assurance(DGQA); the three Services; the Coast Guardand the National Cadet Corps(NCC) arerepresented in the exhibition. Productsmanufactured by Ordnance Factories andthe Defence Public Sector Undertakings aredisplayed in the pavilion. The pavilionprovides an overview of the wide range ofdefence infrastructure in the country andregularly participates in India InternationalTrade Fair held in November each year.

7.82 DEO also assists the Department ofDefence Production & Supplies (DDP&S)in vendor awareness and developmentprogramme of the production units, incollaboration with Directorate General ofQuality Assurance (DGQA).

7.83 As a part of export promotion effort, DEOcoordinates the participation of DefencePublic Sector Undertakings and OrdnanceFactory Board in one selected international

54

58

exhibition every year. During 2002-03,Defence Public Sector Undertakings,Ordnance Factory Board and DefenceExhibition Organisation participated in theDefendory International 2002 Exhibition,held at Athens, during October 1-5, 2002.

INTERNATIONAL LAND & NAVALSYSTEMS EXHIBITION – DEFEXPO

INDIA – 2002

7.84 After the success of Defexpo India ’99 whichgained acceptance as a world class forumfor exhibition of Land & Naval Systems, ithad been decided to organize the secondInternational Land & Naval SystemsExhibition “DEFEXPO INDIA-2002” atPragati Maidan, New Delhi during February19-23, 2002. The exhibition, was organizedby the Confederation of Indian Industry(CII) in association with the Department ofDefence Production & Supplies, Ministry ofDefence. Countries like UK, Russia, SouthAfrica, Israel, France and Poland had set uptheir National Pavilions in the exhibition.

AERO INDIA 2003

7.85 Aero India 2003, held at Air Force Station,Yelahanka, Bangalore from February 5-9,2003 was inaugurated by Raksha Mantri onFebruary 5, 2003. The Chief Minister ofKarnataka presided over the function.

7.86 Aero India 2003 took place in the backdropof the liberalization underway in the Indianeconomy. As a part of the continuousreform process, private sector participationin defence sector – with FDI upto 26% isnow welcome. The show provided

excellent interface for exhibitors to promoteand showcase their products to industryleaders opening up possibilities formeaningful collaboration.

7.87 The show was an ideal platform forshowcasing the capabilities of Indian andforeign companies in design, developmentand production of aircraft and groundsystems, both for defence and civil sectors.The five day long exhibition attracted 176international companies from 22 countries.Besides, 75 Indian companies alsoparticipated. They presented a variety ofaircraft material, systems manufacture andsystems integration and major civil andmilitary engine and aircraft integration.Some of the prominent foreign aircrafts atthe show were ATR-42 MP, Hawkhelicopter BEL-407, Falcon 900 EX, Falcon2000 CJ, Legacy 103, Transall C-160, Heron

UAV, AN-140, MIG 29 M2 and MIG AT.Some of the major indigenously developedaircraft shown were Surya Kiran, ALH anda fly past by the LCA. A Seminar“Aerospace Technologies – Developmentand Strategies” was also organized by theDefence Research & DevelopmentOrganisation (DRDO). To commemoratethe 100th Anniversary Year of Man’s FirstFlight, two plenary sessions, one on WorldAviation and another on Indian Aviationwere held during the seminar.

7.88 High level defence delegations, some ofthem at Defence Minister level, along withAir Chiefs/Senior Defence Officials from24 countries visited the show. The FrenchPremier also visited AERO INDIA 2003 onFebruary 6, 2003. The fifth InternationalAerospace Exposition AERO INDIA 2005will be organized from February 9-13, 2005.

Appendix-I

INVESTMENT(Rs. In Crore)

Name of 2000-2001 2001-2002 2002-2003 (Estimated)the PSUs Equity Govt. loans Equity Govt. loans Equity Govt. loansHAL 120.50 - 120.50 - 120.50 -

BEL 80.00 - 80.00 - 80.00 -

BEML 36.87 - 36.87 - 36.87 -

MDL 199.20 - 199.20 - 199.20 -

GRSE 239.02 - 123.84 - 123.84 -

GSL 19.40 - 19.40 - 19.40 -

BDL 115.00 - 115.00 - 115.00 -

MIDHANI - - - - - -

TOTAL 809.99 - 694.81 - 694.81 -

55

59

Appendix-III

PROFIT AFTER TAX

(Rs. In Crore)

Name of the PSUs 2000-2001 2001-2002

HAL 243.65 344.78

BEL 155.21 199.68

BEML 6.00 5.35

MDL (-)18.36 (-)14.58

GRSE 31.42 13.02

GSL 4.93 14.37

BDL 48.99 72.55

MIDHANI 0.24 0.08

TOTAL 472.08 635.25

Appendix-II

WORKING RESULTSVALUE OF PRODUCTION AND SALES

VOP = Value of Production(Rs. In Crore)

Name of the PSUs 2000-2001 2001-2002 2002-2003(Upto December, 2002)

VOP Value of Sales VOP Value of Sales VOP Value of Sales

HAL 2603.26 2446.55 2963.44 2774.81 1981.00 1709.00

BEL 1787.57 1715.33 2029.98 1941.99 1427.19 1296.00

BEML 1343.17 1347.40 1436.10 1424.15 1021.64 864.67

MDL 711.59 1517.59 582.65 737.83 310.69 504.94

GRSE 491.06 229.17 498.44 298.46 369.74 70.57

GSL 190.00 133.67 153.50 101.42 141.81 321.82

BDL 218.61 164.26 251.44 283.36 173.10 169.54

MIDHANI 113.87 112.61 107.17 104.30 54.21 58.89

TOTAL 7459.13 7666.58 8022.72 7666.32 5479.38 4995.43

56

8DEFENCE RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT...............................................................................................................................................................................

3 Dimensional Central Acquisition Radar (3D-CAR)

8.1 Defence Research and DevelopmentOrganisation (DRDO) was formed in 1958from the amalgamation of then alreadyfunctioning Technical DevelopmentEstablishments (TDEs) of the Indian Armyand the Directorate of TechnicalDevelopment & Production (DTDP) withthe Defence Science Organisation (DSO).Today DRDO is having 49 laboratories,engaged in developing Defencetechnologies covering various disciplineslike aeronautics, armaments, electronics,combat vehicles, engineering systems,instrumentation, missiles, advancedcomputation and simulation, specialmaterials, naval systems, life sciences,training, information systems andagriculture. DRDO is backed by over 5000scientists and about 25,000 other scientific,technical and supporting personnel.

MISSION

8.2 The Department of Defence Research andDevelopment, which was created in 1980,is dedicated to the mission of progressiveenhancement of self reliance in defencesystems and state-of-the-art defencetechnologies. To facilitate accomplishingthis mission, there is a mission-modestructure headed by the Scientific Adviserto Raksha Mantri, who is also the Secretary,Department of Defence Research &Development and Director General,Research and Development.

CONTRIBUTION OF DRDO TOSERVICES

8.3 The Organisation has made great strides,

which have not only insulated the ArmedForces from the ill effects of the tightenedarms export controls clamped by theadvanced countries, but have alsoprogressively enhanced their combateffectiveness through induction of state-of-the-art indigenous defence systems.DRDO has developed a large number ofDefence systems and equipment as perrequirements of the Armed Forces whichhave led to production in the last fiveyears. These include :

Surface-to-surface Tactical BattlefieldMissile - PRITHVI for Army

Long Range Surface-to-surfaceMissile - AGNI-II

Main Battle Tank - ARJUN

Pilotless Target Aircraft - LAKSHYA

Electronic Warfare system for AirForce

105 mm Light Field Gun

5.56 mm Indian Small Arms System(INSAS) (Rifle, Light Machine Gun &Ammunition)

125 mm Fin Stabilised ArmourPiercing Discarding Sabot (FSAPDS)

Soft Core Ammunition for T-72 Tank

Carrier Mortar Tracked (CMT) - aspecialist role vehicle on BMP-II

Armoured Amphibious Dozer (AAD)for earth moving operators

Armoured Engineer Recce Vehicle(AERV) for recce of water obstacles

Bridge Layer Tank on T-72 chassis

Bridge Assault MechanicallyLaunched : SARVATRA

Mat Ground Surfacing

Containerised Operation TheatreComplex and Wards on Wheels

Mobile decontamination system fordecontaminating Nuclear, Biologicaland Chemical (NBC) Agents ofpersonnel

Subscriber End Speech SecrecyTelephone : SECTEL

Muting system for deactivatingremotely controlled explosivedevice – SAFARI (Mk-I)

Bulk secrecy equipment with highgrade digital secrecy : SANSAR

Airborne Signal Intelligence System:CATCH

Communication Intelligence/Electronic Intelligence System :COIN— A/B

HUMSA Avalanche VictimDetector—Hull Mounted Sonar System

Submarine Sonar –PANCHENDRIYAand its derivative – USHUS

Aircraft Arrester Barrier, varioustypes of Parachutes

Aircraft Weapon Trolley – BHEEM

Meals-ready-to-eat (MREs)

Surveillance (U/VHF) JammingVehicle – SUJAV

Relocatable Balloon Barage System

58

62

Artillery Combat Command ControlSystem

155 mm Propelled Gun System

Multi-Barrel Rocket System -PINAKA, an area weapon systemto supplement the existing artillerygun at ranges beyond 30 kms,having quick reaction time andhigh rate of fire has been acceptedby the user after extensive trials.

MANAGEMENT OF DRDO

8.4 DRDO Hqrs under the Department ofDefence Research and Development, isorganized in 9 Technical Directorates and9 Corporate Directorates. The TechnicalDirectorates act as ‘single window’ tofacilitate laboratories under their area ofwork in obtaining various sanctions & co-ordinating information with laboratoriesand Hqrs. Corporate Directorates likeDirectorate of Personnel, HumanResource Development, MaterialManagement, Planning & Coordination,Management Services & Rajbhasha,Budget Finance & Accounts, Security &Vigilance, Civil Works & Estates andExtramural Research and IntellectualProperty Rights assist the laboratories inproviding sanctions and facilities in theirrespective areas. Recruitment &Assessment Centre (RAC) & PersonnelAssessment Centre (PEACE) undertakefresh recruitments and assessment forpromotions of officers for all laboratories& Hqrs of DRDO under Defence Research& Development Services (DRDS) andDefence Research Technical Cadre (DRTC)respectively.

NETWORK OF DRDOLABORATORIES

8.5 The programmes/projects, undertaken bythe Department, are executed through anetwork of R&D laboratories/establishments and the Centre for MilitaryAirworthiness and Certification(CEMILAC). These laboratories/establishments are situated all over thecountry from Tezpur in the East to Jodhpurin the West and Leh in the North to Kochiin the South.

8.6 The programmes/projects are executed inclose partnership with user Services,Defence Public Sector Undertakings,academic institutions, national researchlaboratories and private enterprises, toharness optimally the best availablenational resources & expertise and to meetthe threat of technology denials posed bydeveloped countries. The ‘concurrentengineering’ approach is being followed, incase of high technology projects, to reducethe time lag between design, developmentand production.

REVIEW MECHANISM

8.7 There are institutionalized programme/project monitoring and review mechanismsin the Department. There is an in-houseapex level body called ‘DRDO Council’,chaired by Scientific Adviser to RakshaMantri, to review progress of major projectsof all the laboratories. In addition,Corporate Reviews covering techno-managerial aspects are also carried out bya high level committee. The staff projectsfor Army are being reviewed by the Vice

Chief of Army Staff (VCOAS), twice a year.For all major programmes/projects, thereare multi-tier ‘Programme ManagementBoards’, having representation from theServices, defence R&D laboratories/establishments, production agencies,quality assurance agencies and in somecases from academic institutions and othernational research laboratories, whichperiodically monitor and review theprogrammes and give mid-coursedirections.

DRDO DEVELOPED ITEMSLED TO PRODUCTION

8.8 Pilotless Target Aircraft (PTA) (named as“Lakshya”) is a reusable aerial targetsystem. Lakshya is remotely operated fromground to provide aerial target for trainingof gun and Missile crew and Air Defencepilots for all the three Services. Delivery offive Lakshya systems with 26 operationalflights for Air Force have beenaccomplished in 2001-2002. The first batchof Lakshya has already been delivered tothe Navy. Three aircraft with GroundControl and Support System have beenhanded over and four operational flightshave been conducted. Phase-I delivery forArmy is planned shortly.

8.9 Under project ‘FALCON’ - a RemotelyPiloted Vehicle (RPV), “Nishant” has beendeveloped as per the General StaffQualitative Requirement (GSQR) issued bythe Army. The objectives of the projectinclude battle field surveillance,reconnaissance, real time engagement oftargets by artillery fire and damage

59

63

assessment. RPV has been developed tocarry electro-optical payloads on board forsurveillance, target acquisition and targettracking. The field configuration ofNISHANT system comprises, Air Vehicles,Ground Control Station, Antenna TrackingSystem, Launcher and mission SupportVehicle. Till date more than 84development flights have been carried out.70 of these development flights have beentowards validation of the air vehicle, flyingand handling characteristics and to verifythe flight control and navigation systems.Army has decided to go in for induction ofNISHANT through Limited SeriesProduction. Summer trials have beensuccessfully conducted by DRDO for Armyevaluation. These include two shake downsorties and 12 user trial flights in realisticoperational conditions at Pokharan.Limited Series Production will commenceshortly.

8.10 A bund blasting device, to reduce theheight of canal bund to facilitate launchingof bridge equipment for advancement ofInfantry troops, has been successfullydeveloped and accepted by the Army. Anindent for supply of 240 sets has beenreceived from Army.

8.11 First Limited Series Production (LSP)vehicle of Armoured Engineer RecceVehicle (AERV) on BMP-II has beencompleted and is ready for handing overto the users. A repeat LSP order for eightmore AERVs has also been placed by theArmy.

8.12 Order for Limited Series Production of six

numbers of Armoured AmphibiousDozer(AAD) on BMP-II has been placed byArmy.

8.13 Mobile Decontamination System (MDS)has been accepted by the users aftercarrying out exhaustive trials. An order for12 systems has been placed by the Army.

8.14 Limited Series Production order for 12Bridge Layer Tank T-72 (BLT) has beenplaced by the Army. Six of these BLTs aregetting ready for delivery to the Army. TheBLT incorporates some of the most modernand state-of-the-art technological featureshaving high degree of commonality withcurrent tank fleet of the Indian Army.

8.15 The fixed butt 5.56 mm INSAS rifle andLMG are under regular production byOrdnance Factories (OF) and are being usedby soldiers of the Indian Army. During theyear the bulk production clearance forfolding butt versions of 5.56 mm INSASrifles and LMG has also been accorded.

8.16 Fifteen numbers of KITE, an airborneElectronic Warfare (EW) system, underprogramme SANGRAHA have beenproduced and installed on the platforms forexploitation.

8.17 SUJAV a compact communication EWsystem based on technologies developedunder programme SAMYUKTA has beenproductionised. Two units have beenevaluated by Army and Navy.

8.18 A counter terrorism equipment calledSAFARI which mutes “RemotelyControlled Improvised Explosive Devices(RCIED)” during the passage of Army/civil

convoys has been developed. A total of 71such systems have been produced anddelivered to Army. With the changingthreat scenario, further variants of SAFARI,are being developed and field evaluated.

8.19 SANKET, an Electronic Support Measure(ESM) system for patrol boats based ontechnologies developed under programmeSANGRAHA has been productionised.Deliveries of systems ordered by Navy willcommence soon.

8.20 AGNI-I, a single stage, solid propellantmissile, having a range of 800 kms, was testfired on January 25, 2002 and January 9,2003. It can be launched from rail/roadmobile launchers.

8.21 Advanced Numerical Research andAnalysis Group (ANURAG) has designed,developed and delivered a parallelprocessing super computer namedPACE++ (Processor for AerodynamicComputational & Evaluation). It is beingused for solving Computational FluidDynamic (CFD) application used inmissiles & aircraft design. ANURAG hasalso designed & developed two microchipsto be used in flight control computer ofLCA.

8.22 Centre for Artificial Intelligence andRobotics (CAIR) has been the majorcontributor for the Army’s TacticalCommunication System called Plan AREN.40 systems of data concentratormanufactured by BEL, Bangalore, havebeen delivered to the user.

8.23 CAIR has also developed “SecureTelephone” (SECTEL), for providing high

60

64

grade secrecy to telephone users. Defence& non-Defence versions of SECTEL havebeen developed. About 500 numbers ofSECTELs have been manufactured andsupplied to the three Services and severalGovernment agencies/departments thisyear.

PROGRESS MADE IN MAJOR R&DPROGRAMMES/PROJECTS

DURING THE YEAR

8.24 By June 2002, Light Combat Aircraft(Technology Demonstrator I) [LCA (TD1)]successfully completed the first block of 12test flights demonstrating its soundness ofdesign. The first block of flight testscovered gentle manoeuvres upto 2.5g, left& right rolls, handling quality (HQ) tests,climb upto 8 km, formation flights, tower-fly-by-test, parametric identificationmanoeuvres, neutral point estimation, airdata calibration, landings with/withoutuse of brake parachute and a host of systemrelated tests. The aircraft behavedextremely well and all the test objectiveswere fully met. Analysis of the test flightresults have indicated a reasonably goodmatch between flight tests and designobjectives.

8.25 The Second Technology Demonstrator(TD2) was flown for the first time on June06, 2002 and has since completed a total of20 sorties. Equipping of the third aircraft,reduced weight standard LCA PrototypeVehicle (PV1), is also in progress.Preparation of LCA(PV1) for systemintegration checks is in progress. Thefourth aircraft - LCA(PV2) is the production

standard LCA and its equipping is inprogress. Design activities on LCA TrainerVariant - LCA(PV5), ensuring commonalitywith LCA (Navy), has been initiated. TD2has achieved the speed of 0.8 Mach andaltitude of 12 km.

8.26 Kaveri engine for the LCA is undergoingdevelopment trials. As on date two Kabiniprototypes (C1, C2) and five Kaveri engineprototypes (K1, K2, K3, K4 & K5) havebeen built for engine testing apart fromvarious modules and componentsmanufactured for their testing in the rigsto assess their aerodynamic performance

and structural integrity. Kaveri engine hasaccumulated 1200 hrs of developmenttests. K5 engine with the modifiedcompressor has completed 50 hours ofground testing in the test bed prior todispatch to M/s CIAM, Russia forExploratory Altitude Testing (EAT) duringFebruary, 2003.

8.27 The spin-off project ‘Kaveri Marinisation’has been taken up and detailed design ofthe sub-systems have been completed.Fabrication and manufacturing works areunder progress.

8.28 Upgradation of “Avionics” and advanced

LCA on Display

61

65

EW Suite for MiG-27 has been undertakenby Defence Avionics Research Establishment(DARE) in close coordination withHindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL).

8.29 Four development flight trials of TRISHULhave been conducted during the year 2002.Two flight trials were conductedsuccessfully in sea skimming mode againstElectronics & Static targets from INSDronacharya. Shore based surveillance,tracking and launching systems have beenestablished at INS, Dronacharya. Last twoflight trials were conducted for Army fromTrishul combat vehicle against a flyingtarget during September, 2002.

8.30 Development of three types of warheads forPRITHVI consisting of pre-fragmented,bomblet and incendiary have been completedand production line has been established.Army has cleared incendiary warheads forproduction. Rail Tracked Rocket Sled (RTRS)trials on imported Impact Delay fuse forRunway Denial Penetration System (RDPS)warhead have been conducted twice. Finalevaluation of the RDPS in detonics mode andin self-destruct mode have been conductedsuccessfully in November, 2002. Hardwarerealization and integration completed for twoWarhead Test Vehicle (WHTV) trials forRDPS warhead.

8.31 Two development flight trials of AKASHhave been undertaken during the year 2002with the last flight trial on October 04, 2002modified propulsion system have beenproved. All sub-systems for Battery LevelRadar (BLR)-II have been realized andintegrated and testing has been completed.

Acceptance Test Procedures for BatteryControl Centre (BCC)-II has also beencompleted. 3 Dimensional CentralAcquisiton Radar (3 DCAR) has beendemonstrated to users and the system isready for intergrated evaluation testing.

8.32 Three guided flight trials have beenconducted for NAG during the year 2002.Last guided flight conducted onSeptember 17, 2002 with day and nightseeker has established the seekerperformance. Three static trials forwarhead with main charge wereconducted at Armament Research &Development Establishment (ARDE).Assembly of Thermal Sight, ChargedCoupled Devices (CCD) & Laser RangeFinder (LRF) has been completed.Propellant System design & developmentprogramme plan has been established andproduction documents have beencompleted. One set each of ForwardLooking Infra Red (FLIR)/ChargedCoupled Devices (CCD) & Thermal Sight(TS) /Laser Range Finder (LRF) forAdvanced Light Helicopter (ALH) versionhas been realized.

8.33 BRAHMOS is a supersonic cruise missileand can be used against ship and landtargets. It has a range of upto 300 kms.The missile is uniquely configured forinstalling in ships, submarines & aircraftand on ground vehicles. It has been flighttested twice during June 2001 and April2002 meeting all mission objectives.

8.34 Multi Barrel Rocket Launcher System,PINAKA has accomplished every major Brahmos Missile During Launch

62

66

milestone through conduct of successfulconfirmatory user trials. The system hasmet all user ’s requirements includingaccuracy, consistency and area coverage.Its induction into Service is beingconsidered by the Army.

8.35 A number of advanced demolition devicesto replace the existing demolition devicesavailable with Services have beendeveloped. The devices include modularand intended charges, shaped charges,flexible linear shaped charges, cuttingcharges etc. The devices are at presentundergoing user’s trials.

8.36 DRDO developed Influence Mine (anti-tank) MK-1, produced by OrdnanceFactory Board (OFB) has been issued toArmy. An improved version of theInfluence Mine (anti-tank) called MK II isin an advanced stage of development. Anactive sensor based on the inductionbalanced principle has been developedand proved.

8.37 SAMYUKTA, an electronic warfare (EW)system for Army is in advanced stage ofdevelopment and testing. A stand-alonejammer (SAJ) after completing evaluation inthe factory, has been evaluated in the fieldby users and inputs from this evaluation arebeing incorporated in electronic countermeasure (ECM) for non-com segment, in allthree frequency bands namely low, mid andhigh bands. With this development, ECMfor non-com segment, has been completedand entities are under evaluation.

8.38 Development of all five types ofelectronic warfare (EW) systems have

been completed under the projectSANGRAHA, (an indigenous EWprogramme for Navy) and demonstratedto the users. Field evaluation of thesystems for airborne platforms are invarious stages of evaluation and that forthe submarine platform, has beencompleted successfully. Navy requiredtwo systems for their submarines-one hasbeen delivered and second is nearingcompletion.

8.39 State of development of Night VisionDevices (NVD) based on Image IntensifierTubes (IITs) has reached a high maturitylevel and the devices/systems are in regularproduction. The Second Generation IITs areunder regular production and efforts are onfor developing super-generation IITs.Development of sensors for NVD, based onThermal Imagers, however, has not mademuch progress and efforts are in hand tocatch up with the technology.

8.40 Integration/interfacing of the Electro-optical Director (Turret) with all the threeElectro Optical (EO) sensors, thermalimager, day time TV camera and LaserRange finder and other sub-systems havebeen completed. Acceptance tests of theintegrated system completed. Electro-Optical Fire Control ystem (EOFCS) fornaval ship has been installed on the shipfor user evaluation.

8.41 SAMVAHAK programme envisagesdevelopment and fielding of distributedbattlefield information system covering thetactical zones from Corps Hqrs down tobattalion level to enable the Commandersto take quick decisions. Indigenously

developed application software (for orbat& location state) has been ported into thetest bed hardware at Corps zone.Development of intelligent and operationallogistics sub-system is in progress.

8.42 Development of an indigenous WeaponLocating Radar (WLR) has been launched.This will be the first state-of-the-artindigenous radar as a force multiplier inthe battle field for weapon location and firedetection.

8.43 Technology for development of Trans-Receiver (T/R) modules for ActiveAperture Array has been established. Thistechnology will be utilized in thedevelopment of L - Band Solid State ActiveArray Radar (LSTAR).

8.44 The state-of-art ship-borne sonar HUMSA,designed and developed by Naval Physicaland Oceanographic Laboratory (NPOL),Kochi and productionised by BharatElectronics Ltd., Bangalore is a standardfit for naval ships. Twelve systems havebeen productionised.

8.45 Technical evaluation trials of air bornedunking sonar, MIHIR have beencompleted successfully. The Sonar iscleared for installation onboard AdvancedLight Helicopter. Variants of this sonar forship borne installation are also beingconsidered by the Indian Navy.

8.46 Towing trials of NAGAN, first indigenousActive cum Passive Towed Array Sonar,have been completed successfully.

8.47 The submarine-sonar, project USHUS beingproductionised based on transfer-of-

63

67

technology (TOT) from NPOL byconcurrent engineering approach is makingrapid progress at BEL, Bangalore. Theorder has been placed on productionagency by Navy and NPOL is providingtechnical consultancy and support. Onesystem is being installed and integrated inRussia and the other system is on-boardIndian submarines.

8.48 A man portable short range “Battle FieldSurveillance Radar” (BFSR-SR) to detect,track and classify moving surface targetlike crawling & walking men, light andheavy vehicles and low flying helicoptershas been developed for use by Army. Usertrials in plains, mountains and deserts have

been successfully completed. Radar metall General Staff Qualitative Requirementsgiven by Army. The system has beenrecommended for induction into Serviceswith certain modifications.

8.49 A 3D Central Acquisition Radar (3DCAR) has been developed as mediumrange Early Warning Sensor. This state-of-the-art radar is capable of detecting &tracking multiple targets in a hostileelectronic warfare environment. Theradar was demonstrated to the Serviceswith live sorties provided by Air Force.The radar has gone through extensive inhouse evaluation and field exploitationby the Air Force for three months.Variants of this radar will be useful forArmy, Navy and Air Force.

8.50 A Maritime Patrol Radar for Naval use hasbeen designed and developed for detectionof sea surface and airborne targets likeboats, ships, frigates, sea skimmingmissiles, low flying aircrafts & submarinesunder sea clutter and rain. Veryencouraging results were seen against seasurface targets recently. The radar has beenmounted on a helicopter and evaluation isunder progress.

8.51 SANJIVANI, a portable life detectingdevice for use in emergency rescue missionto detect live human beings or animalstrapped under debris of collapsedbuilding/landslides has been developed.

8.52 Transfer of Technology (TOT) forproduction of 124 numbers of Main BattleTank - Arjun at Heavy Vehicle Factory(HVF) is in progress. Meanwhile the pre-

production tanks handed over to the Armyare being exploited to the full potentialfor which product and technical support isbeing provided by DRDO. The first twoproduction tanks are expected to be rolledout at Heavy Vehicle Factory (HVF), Avadi,soon. All efforts are being made to completethe production of first 15 tanks by March2004.

8.53 The manufacture of DRDO developedCombat Improved Ajeya (CIA) has alsobegun at HVF. The major sub-systemsbeing integrated on the normal Ajeya tankfor combat improvement are : ThermalImage Fire Control System (TIFCS), MuzzleReference System (MRS), ExplosiveReactive Armour (ERA), Integrated FireDetection & Suppression System (IFDSS),and Global Positioning System (GPS).

8.54 Production of 198 numbers of CarrierMortar Tracked (CMT) developed on BMP-II chassis is in progress at OrdnanceFactory, Medak (OFM). 75 CMT vehicleshave so far been produced and these arebeing delivered to the users.

8.55 After successful completion of field/firingtrials by the Army, the 155mm Tracked SelfPropelled Gun (Bhim T-6) developed byCVRDE, Avadi by integrating turret fromM/s LIW, South Africa on MBT Arjunderivative chassis, has been recommended forproduction. M/s BEML has been nominatedas the nodal production agency formanufacture of 100 numbers of BHIM T-6.

8.56 DRDO is developing futuristic InfantryCombat Vehicle (ICV) ‘ABHAY’ as atechnology demonstrator for replacementShort Range Battlefield Surveillance Radar

64

68

of BMP-II vehicles which are presently inService. Development of first Mild Steel(MS) prototype has been completed. Thisis presently under extensive testing forproving of automotive systems.Development of first armoured prototypeis also in progress.

8.57 A technology demonstrator AmphibiousFloating Bridge & Ferry System (AFFS) isunder progress. The project aims atestablishing competence in thedevelopment of systems with dualcapability to move on land and water withfloating bridge of MLC30 class fornegotiation of water obstacles. This wouldbe a fore-runner to MLC 70 class of AFFSrequired by the Army.

8.58 Avalanche Forecast Warnings for the areasof J&K including Op- Meghdoot (Siachen),Kargil, Mushkoh valley, Shamshabari rangeand Pir - Panjal ranges and also for HPcovering area Manali - Rohtang - Patseowere issued regularly three days inadvance with good accuracy during thewinter 2001-2002 for use by Army as wellas civil population. Apart from the 35surface observatory network covering J&K,Siachen and part of HP, quality data from16 Automatic Weather Stations (AWS),linked to the recently launched METSAT,was used for avalanche forecasting. Thishas helped the Armed Forces in planningmovements and deployment of troops insnowbound region prone to avalanches,thus resulting in saving of precious lives.

8.59 Fly-through models using optical imageriesand Survey of India maps were developed

and demonstrated to the users forfamiliarizing the troops for safe conductduring winter months.

8.60 Flameless Ration Heater (heating system)for food pouches based on exo-thermicreaction have been developed by NavalMaterials Research Laboratory (NMRL).Field trials were conducted in May, 2002.The trials were successful and furtherimprovement is in progress.

8.61 Flameless Room Heater (Bhukhari) hasbeen developed and tested. It is methonalbased and does not generate toxic fume orsoot. It can generate 1.5 kw and work onhigh capacity Bhukhari upto 10 kw is inprogress.

8.62 Fuel Cell provide a pollution free viablealternative to the existing sources of energyon fossil fuel. Technology has beendeveloped for a 5 kw Phosphoric Acid FuelCell (PAFC). Work on 25 kw fuel cell is inprogress. The laboratory has developedMethonal Reformer to generate hydrogenfor the fuel cell. The laboratory has alsodeveloped miniature fuel cells of 100 wattsand 2 to 5 watts for low powerrequirements.

8.63 Platinised titanium anode-based ImpressedCurrent Cathodic Protection (ICCP)System has been developed for protectionof hulls from underwater corrosion. Thesystem consists of auto control unit,reference electrode and anodes. The silver-silver chloride (Ag-AgCl) referenceelectrodes have been developed to meet therequirement of the Navy for the existingICCP system onboard ships. The complete

system has been installed on INS Vidyut.

8.64 Processor Based Ground Mine andProcessor Based Moored Mine have beencleared for production. These areintelligent mines and can be actuated byacoustic, magnetic and pressure signatures.An order for eight numbers of mines isbeing placed.

8.65 The Light Weight Torpedo which can belaunched from ship and helicopters for antisubmarine warfare has been cleared forproduction. These Torpedos will besubjected to further trials.

8.66 Trials on Heavy Weight Wire GuidedTorpedo are in progress.

8.67 BMP-II based NBC Recee Vehicle has beendeveloped by fitting radiological sensorsi.e. Roentgenometer, Chemical Sensor viz.M-90, Portable Gas Chromatograph,Meteorological Sensor, and Global Positionsystem. The user trials in four phases havebeen conducted successfully as per trialdirectives issued by Army Hqrs and theitems will be introduced into Services aftersome minor modifications.

8.68 An ultra fast state-of-the-art fire detectionand suppression system has beendeveloped and successfully installed in theTrishul Launcher Barbette at INSDronacharaya, Fort Kochi. The system hascleared through the user trials on a firecreated inside the Barbette, which has beensuppressed instantaneously by this systemin less than two seconds.

8.69 Technologies for Tent Glacier (10-12 men),Activated Carbon Sphere, Oil OX 320, Oil-M3 S3 and Auto Rust and Scale Inhibitors

65

69

were transferred to the entrepreneursduring 2002. Orders for extreme coldweather clothing items like Cap Glacier,Gaiter Glacier, Poncho Glacier, GlovesGlacier, Over-garment Blouse, Over-garment Trousers, Combination Harness,Rope Climbing, Cord Avalanche, BagWaterproof and Mattress Glacier havebeen received from paramilitary forces.

8.70 Defence Research & DevelopmentEstablishment (DRDE) tested and confirmedthe absence of suspected anthrax spores inthe envelopes received from different partsof the country. It arranged a series oftraining programmes for defences againstChemical War and Biological War for seniorIAS and IPS officers. A breakthrough inhybridoma technology has been achieved byDRDE to generate the desired types of highaffinity monoclonal antibodies andconsultancy for the same was provided torepresentatives of World HealthOrganisation (WHO).

TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT/INNOVATION

8.71 Feasibility of development of the advancedtechnology for manufacture of CombustibleCartridge Case (CCC) incorporating resinas a binder in the nitro cellulose matrix hasbeen established. The newly developedCCC has excellent tensile strength withoutany penalty on its combustibility. TheseCCCs are also dimensionally stable whenstored/handled under extremeenvironmental conditions.

8.72 Gallium Arsenide Enabling Technology

Centre (GAETEC) produced anddelivered Monolithic MicrowaveIntegrated Circuit (MMIC) amplifiermodules in various frequency bands forvarious defence and space systems. Thecentre has also produced S-Band ReceiveBeam Former and Digital Attenuator andSingle Pole Double Throw (SPDT) switchMMIC chips for L-Band Trans-receivemodule for use in state-of-the-art radarsystems.

BASIC RESEARCH

8.73 To provide thrust to basic research inareas of strategic importance, DRDO hasalready constituted four research boardsviz. , the Aeronautics Research &Development Board (AR&DB);Armament Research Board (ARMREB);Naval Research Board (NRB) and LifeSciences Research Board (LSRB). Theseboards promote research incollaborative mode with academicinstitutions and other national R&Dlaboratories, through approval, fundingand monitoring of grants-in-aidprojects.

8.74 The Aeronautics Research & DevelopmentBoard (AR&DB) is currently funding 150projects in upstream areas of aeronauticsR&D at 25 academic & researchinstitutions. Three Centres of Excellencehave been set up at Indian Institute ofTechnology (IIT), National AerospaceLimited (NAL) and Indian Institute ofScience (IISc) in the area of systems design& engineering, computational fluiddynamics (CFD) and composite structures

with linkages at other expert organizations.

8.75 Under Armament Research Board(ARMREB) 31 projects have beensanctioned, covering the field of HighEnergy Materials, Sensors, Ballistics,Combustion & Detonics, Modeling/Simulation and other fields related toarmaments, to various academicinstitutions and other R&D Organisations.Out of these, two projects have beensuccessfully completed and remaining arebeing pursued.

8.76 Life Sciences Research Board (LSRB) is aregistered society established for purposeof expanding and deepening theknowledge-base of life sciences in thecountry through strengthening nationalresources of knowledge, know-how,expertise, facilities and infrastructure. TheLSRB also endeavours to create conditionssuitable for attracting talent andexperience from overseas locationsthrough research collaborations and otheracademic exchanges. So far, LSRB hassanctioned 38 projects in various lifesciences fields, out of which 5 projects weresanctioned during the year April, 2001 -March, 2002.

8.77 Naval Research Board (NRB) continued tosupport the basic research applicable tonaval technologies. Five new grants-in-aidprojects were sanctioned to academicinstitutions at a total cost of Rs. 1.4 croretaking the total number of sanctionedprojects to 39 at a cumulative total ofRs. 6.9 crore. 17 out of 39 projects havesince been completed.

66

70

SUPPORT TO SERVICES

8.78 DRDO has developed a variety of softwarefor Simulator Training of Army personnelon Air Defence Combat and Reporting ofenemy aircraft & missiles.

8.79 Operational rations packs have beendeveloped for MBT crew. The menus forthree days of rations (in one pack) werefinalized in consultation with the users.User trials in respect of these rations havesince been completed in the nominatedunits at Patiala and Jaisalmer. The rationshave been very well received by the crewof the Army units.

8.80 The DRDO agricultural laboratories in thefar flung areas of Central Himalayas andcold deserts of Ladakh are engaged inevolving sustainable, eco-friendly agro-technologies to support the needs of theArmed Forces with respect to freshagricultural produce besides socio-economic upliftment of inhabitants of theregion through multi-disciplinary networkof integrated research and developmentactivities. DRDO has supplied to the Armythrough its own field laboratory in Leh, 32tons of fresh vegetables, more than one lakhlitres of fresh milk and 22 tons of poultrymeat during the six months period fromApril 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002.

8.81 Regular training courses are beingorganised for Service personnel by theDRDO agricultural laboratories. Thetraining covers various areas viz. vegetablecultivation in glass/poly house, mushroomcultivation, angora rabbit, poultry, dairy,fish farming etc. Many Army formations

are benefiting from this activity. Thistraining helps the Army personnel in theirrehabilitation after retirement.

8.82 The protocol developed by the DRDO labat Tezpur for containment of malaria inAssam has benefited the Services in theregion. Besides, monthly monitoring andsurveillance of malaria in Lama Campcantonment revealed no malaria incidence.The herbal mosquito repellents developedby DRDO are undergoing field trials.

8.83 DRDO in collaboration with the HighAltitude Medical Research Centre, Leh,have designed and developed a newtreatment modality using inhalation of agas mixture containing Nitric Oxide andOxygen for the treatment of High AltitudePulmonary Edema (HAPE) patients. Thisalso included the indigenous developmentof a Nitric Oxide (NO) delivery system tobe used at extreme and remote highaltitude areas, which is currentlyundergoing tests for human safetyregulatory measures.

8.84 DRDO scientists have developed andstandardized a set of Intelligence Testconsisting of verbal and non-verbal testsalong with norms for the Directorate ofRecruitment, Army Hqrs for the selectionof serving personnel to the commissionedranks.

8.85 DRDO has made significant contributionsin the area of clinical nuclear medicine,radiation biology, bio-cybernetics, radio-pharmaceuticals and dental research.Multi-centric clinical trials are being carriedout in patients with brain tumours at three

leading cancer hospitals and researchinstitutions using 2-deoxy-D-Glucosetherapy. Several radio-pharmaceutical kitshave also been developed, which areundergoing extensive clinical trials prior totechnology transfer.

8.86 The nuclear medicine laboratory has alsodeveloped indigenous titanium dentalimplants with surgical kits and clinicaltrials are nearing completion. Acceptancehas been received from Director GeneralArmed Forces Medical Services (DGAFMS)and Addl. DG Dental to issue dentalimplants to 7 centres in the Defence Forcesfor clinical use. These implants, which arefar less expensive than the imported ones,help physical and psychologicalrehabilitation of personnel injured withmaxillo-facial injuries due to mine blastsand Improvised Explosive Devices (IED)used by counter insurgency elements.

INTERACTION OF DRDO WITHINDUSTRY & STATE GOVERNMENTS

8.87 The DRDO laboratory at Mysore hastransferred the technology for freeze dryingof fruit juices and hurdle preservation ofpineapple to M/s Transindia, Kolkata. Thefirm is setting up a multi fruit-processingunit at Bodhjungnagar, Agartala.

8.88 DRDO has established a GermplasmCentre of German Angora Rabbit at VillageMunisiyari in Pithoragarh under the aegisof UNDP and State Government ofUttaranchal. The germplasm has beenmaintained and multiplied by farmersunder the technical guidance of DRDO. Thefarmers have been given theoretical and

67

71

practical training on feeding, breeding,management, record keeping, shearing ofwool and health cover aspects. Goodprogress has been made at the GermplasmCentre both in terms of multiplication ofrabbits and marketing of adult rabbits andangora woollens.

8.89 DRDO has also identified a village-AhomGaon, as a model village to study thePsychological Impact of Socio-economicDevelopment in the North East. Socio-economic support was provided in termsof materials like computers, sewingmachines, water pumps, and accessoriesfor library and recreation centre. Thesupport resulted in a positive change inattitude of the villagers.

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

8.90 Manpower Planning Board has been

constituted in DRDO to look aftermanagement of scientific, technical andother administrative manpower.Manpower requirement in all categoriesfor various DRDO projects has beenreviewed. Through various mechanismslike rationalization of cadre structure,incentive schemes, training policies,enhanced promotional opportunities,exit interviews, the organization hasendeavoured to ensure optimumutilization of human resource, apart fromattracting and retaining best talents.DRDO’s two training institutes – theInstitute of Armament Technology (IAT)and the Institute of TechnologyManagement (ITM) are also engaged inconducting specialized courses. To makethe exercise more effective and result-oriented HRD cells have been set up in

all laboratories/establishments ofDRDO. The Corporate Review teamshave a charter to specifically review theHRD aspects/guidelines enunciated bythe organization.

8.91 To cater to the present and the futuristicrequirement of scientific and technicalknow-how for its projects, varioustechnical & non-technical programmes/courses have been undertaken. Underresearch & training scheme, a total of 85personnel were sponsored to undergoM.E./M.Tech. courses in variousdisciplines at IITs and other institutions ofrepute. Continuing Education Programme(CEP) courses in different disciplines wereconducted with faculty from the academicinstitutions and other centres of excellenceof the disciplines.

68

9INTER-SERVICE ORGANISATIONS................................................................................................................................................

Learning Foreign Languages in the Language Lab

9.1 The following Inter-Service Organisationsfunction directly under the Ministry ofDefence :-

(i) Military Engineer Services

(ii) Armed Forces Medical Services

(iii) Directorate General of DefenceEstates

(iv) Office of the Chief AdministrativeOfficer

(v) Directorate of Public Relations

(vi) Army Purchase Organisation

(vii) Services Sports Control Board

(viii) Armed Forces Films and PhotoDivision

(ix) School of Foreign Languages

(x) History Division

(xi) National Defence College

(xii) College of Defence Management

(xiii) Defence Services Staff College

(xiv) Ministry of Defence Library

MILITARY ENGINEER SERVICES

9.2 The largest construction agency of thecountry, the Military Engineer Services(MES) provides works cover in 450 stationsacross the country in peace areas as wellas in forward areas. It is the premierengineering arm of the Ministry of Defencewhich provides works services to the threeServices and other related departments.Today, it handles an annual workloadexceeding Rs. 3300 crores.

9.3 MES functions under the overall control ofEngineer-in-Chief, who is the adviser to theMinistry of Defence and the three Serviceson construction engineering. It executeswork under the supervision of Officers andstaff consisting of both civilians as well ascombatants from the Corps of Engineers.It has an integral multi-disciplinary teamof architects, civil, electrical and mechanicalengineers, structural designers, quantitysurveyors and contract specialists forplanning, designing and supervising theworks.

9.4 MES has specialized in wide spectrum ofcivil works, ranging from conventionalbuildings and factories to sophisticatedcomplex laboratories, marine works, jetties,dockyards, wharves, workshops, slipways,air fields, roads, blast pens, etc. It alsoprovides sophisticated infrastructuralservices like air-conditioning, cold storage,water supply, compressed air, sewagetreatment plants, lifts, crane, etc. for thethree Services.

9.5 The following important time-boundprojects are being executed by the MESduring the year:-

(i) Naval Academy Project at Ezhimala:The project was sanctioned forRs.166.94 crores. The execution of theproject has commenced and is expectedto be completed by October, 2005.

(ii) CAD Pulgaon – Construction of 32Estt. Sheds 18 x 15.25 x 4.9M (300MT each): The project, comprising27 sheds with traverses and 5 shedswithin existing traverses, was

sanctioned for Rs. 25.46 crores onJanuary 30, 2002 under FTPprocedure. The work is to becompleted in 24 months.

9.6 Married Accommodation Project (MAP):A gigantic task of construction of 1.98 lakhmarried quarters for officers, JCOs andORs, covering most of the military stationsin peace as well as many hard areas, at acost of approximately Rs. 17350 crores, overa period of four years has been undertaken.The project will be executed under thesupervision of Director General, MarriedAccommodation Project.

ARMED FORCES MEDICAL SERVICES

9.7 The Armed Forces Medical Services(AFMS), consisting of the Army MedicalCorps (AMC), the Army Dental Corps(ADC) and the Military Nursing Services(MNS) provide comprehensive health careto the serving Armed Forces personnel,their families and dependents, numberingapproximately 66 lakhs. In addition, Ex-Servicemen and their families are alsoentitled to free treatment from Servicessources as per rules and so are the ParaMilitary Organizations like Assam Rifles,Rashtriya Rifles, Coast Guard as well as theDRDO and Border Road Organisationpersonnel, while posted in the field. ArmedForces Medical Services are also activatedin aid to civil authorities during epidemics,natural calamities and internal securityduties, especially in inaccessible anddifficult areas. In addition to this, life savingemergent care is also provided to allcivilians by the establishments of AFMS.

70

74

9.8 Infrastructure : The Armed Forces MedicalServices are the largest and amongst thebest organized health-care delivery systemsin the country. There is a network ofRegimental Aid Posts manned by doctors.These are supported by 89 FieldAmbulances, which are mobile 45 beddedhospitals. Besides the facilities madeavailable in combat zones, 127 hospitals ofvarying sizes and facilities, spread over thelength and breadth of the country, are alsofunctional. While the peripheral hospitalshave basic specialist facilities, the eightCommand/Army Hospitals have superspecialist centers with state-of-the-artequipment and facilities.

9.9 Medical Research : The DirectorateGeneral of Armed Forces Medical Serviceslooks after research activities in the ArmedForces Medical Services (Army, Navy andAir Force). The Armed Forces MedicalResearch Committee meets yearly atArmed Forces Medical College, Pune in themonth of February to discuss and selectnew research proposals and also to reviewprogress of on-going projects. During thecurrent financial year a sum of Rs. 1.5 crorehas been sanctioned for research &development to meet the requirements of108 Armed Forces Medical ResearchCommittee projects.

9.10 Conferences and Continuous MedicalEducation :

(a) Conference of the InternationalCommittee for Military Medicineheld in South Africa, was attended byDG (AFMS) along with four otherspecialist officers.

(b) DG (AFMS) with two other medicalofficers attended the yearly AsiaPacific Military Medicine Conferenceat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia in April2002.

(c) 42 in-house CMEs, Updates,Workshops, Seminars etc. wereorganized at various premier ArmedForces Hospitals including peripheralunits.

(d) Approximately 1287 Armed Forcesmedical officers attended variousconferences and workshops of 127approved civil bodies all over thecountry in the capacity of official andmember delegates.

(e) A Meeting of the High AltitudeMedical Research Centre, ResearchAdvisory Committee was held onJune 21, 2002 at Defence Institute ofPhysiology and Applied Sciences(DIPAS) Delhi under thechairmanship of the DGAFMS toconsider various research projects inrelation to the medical problems ofthe troops at high and extremealtitude.

(f) Defence Research & DevelopmentO r g a n i z a t i o n - C o m m a n d e r sInteractive Conference on healthrelated issues in Eastern Sector washeld on September 27, 2002 atHeadquarter 4 Corps.

(g) Technical Library – Medical journalsand medical text books costing Rs.2.05 lacs and 2.95 lacs respectivelywere purchased for DGAFMS

Technical Library in the year 2002-2003.

9.11 Admission to MBBS course at ArmedForce Medical College, Pune : 83684candidates appeared in the writtenexamination for admission to the 2002session of MBBS course at Armed ForcesMedical College, Pune. Based on their merit917 candidates were called for interview,out of which 638 candidates appeared forinterview. Finally 130 (105 boys and 25girls) have been admitted for the MBBScourse 2002. All candidates have liabilityto serve as commissioned officers in theArmy Medical Corps on completion of thecourse. In addition, five sponsoredcandidates were also admitted fromfriendly neighbouring countries withoutany service liability.

9.12 Advanced Course : Medical Officers ofArmed Forces Medical Services, on thebasis of a competitive examination, areselected for Advanced Course duringwhich they acquire Post Graduatequalification from Pune and otherUniversities. 95 officers were detailedduring 2002.

DIRECTORATE GENERAL OFDEFENCE ESTATES

9.13 The Directorate General of Defence Estates(DGDE) is the apex body of the DefenceEstates Organisation, having its offices invarious parts of the country. It functions asan adviser to the Ministry of Defence onLand and Cantonment Board matters.

9.14 DGDE is the nodal executive agency of the

71

75

Ministry of Defence for procurement ofimmovable property for defence purposesby way of acquisition, transfer,requisitioning, hiring and maintaining landrecords. During the current year, 1684buildings have been hired by theorganization for residential and officeaccommodation of the Defence Forces withan outlay of Rs. 7.6 crore expenditure. Thetotal area of land held on hiring andrequisitioning for defence is 76463 acresand 23683 acres respectively with anapproximate annual outlay of Rs. 12.60crore as expenditure on rental/recurringcompensation. Out of 17.31 lakh acres ofdefence land holding 0.68 lakh acres of landis under the management of DGDE.

9.15 An additional feature, since the lastfinancial year is, the provision for paymentof ex-gratia compensation to the people/farmers for the damages occurred to theircrops during the preparatory stage ofDefence preparations in the border areas.A sum of Rs. 166 crore so far has alreadybeen sanctioned and released to the StateGovernments of Rajasthan, Punjab andJammu & Kashmir for furtherdisbursement to the affected farmers.

9.16 There are 62 cantonments in India. These arelocated in 19 States and National CapitalTerritory of Delhi. The Cantonment Boardsare autonomous bodies functioning underthe overall control of the CentralGovernment in the Ministry of Defenceunder the provisions of Cantonment Act,1924, which is presently under review of theGovernment with a view to bring a new Act.The Cantonment Boards comprise of elected

representatives besides ex-officio andnominated members. Parity is maintainedbetween elected and official members. TheStation Commander is President of theCantonment Board. Supervision and controlover the working of these bodies areexercised through the Principal Director,Defence Estates and General OfficerCommanding-in-Chief of the Commands atthe intermediate level and by the CentralGovernment through DGDE/Ministry ofDefence at the apex level.

9.17 The Central Government provides financialassistance by way of grant-in-aid andservice charge in lieu of property tax to theCantonment Boards to balance theirbudget.

9.18 In order to improve the level of services inthe Cantonments, provided by theCantonment Board and improving financialresources of the Boards, various steps weretaken up by DGDE such as:-

(i) A pilot project of rain waterharvesting and non conventionalenergy resources has beenundertaken at Lansdowne andJabalpur Cantonments.

(ii) In Cantonments like Dehu Road,Pune, Jabalpur, Secunderabad,Kirkee, Ahmednagar etc; tax rateshave been updated and new taxes, aspermissible, have been levied forresource mobilization for deficitCantonment Boards. Hospital’sreconstruction, establishing publiclibraries at Bareilly Cantonment,water supply system at Ramgarh,

sewage/drainage system at Varanasi,Public parks at Meerut, Lucknow,Delhi etc. are a few examples ofdevelopment works in CantonmentBoards of the country.

9.19 A total of 69 hospitals/dispensaries are beingmaintained by various Cantonment Boardsto cater to the civil population of theCantonment as well as the adjoining areas.

9.20 A number of primary and secondaryschools and colleges are being maintainedby the Cantonment Boards according tolocal requirements. The total number ofsuch schools and colleges maintained byCantonment Boards is 189.

OFFICE OF THE CHIEFADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER

9.21 The office of Chief Administrative Officer(CAO) is responsible for providing civilianmanpower and infrastructural support tothe Services Headquarters and theHeadquarter offices of Inter-ServiceOrganisations (ISOs) under Ministry ofDefence. Joint Secretary (Training)discharges the functions of the ChiefAdministrative Officer and Director(Security). In relation to security, he overseesthe work of the Chief Security Officer.

9.22 The functioning of CAO’s Office isdischarged by the following six Divisions:-

(i) Administration Division

(ii) Personnel Division.

(iii) Manpower Planning andRecruitment Division

(iv) Training, Coordination and WelfareDivision

72

76

(v) Finance and Materials Divisions

(vi) Estates and Works Division

9.23 The Administration Division providesadministrative cover to about 10,000civilian employees employed in ArmyHeadquarters and 26 Inter-ServiceOrganisations. A Grievances Cell isfunctioning within the AdministrationDivision to examine the grievances ofserving/retired Armed ForcesHeadquarters civilian employees and toensure their speedy settlement.

9.24 The Personnel Division provides civilianmanpower to the Service Headquarters andInter- Service Organisations and deals withthe management of this manpower.

9.25 The Defence Headquarter Training Institutefunctioning under the Training, Coordinationand Welfare Division of CAO’s Office catersfor the training needs of the civilian personnelposted in Service Headquarters and Inter-Service Organisations.

9.26 Estates & Works Division performs theestate functions in respect of residentialaccommodation of Service Officers postedat Armed Forces Headquarters.

9.27 The welfare of civilian employees in ServiceHeadquarters and Ministry of Defence isbeing looked after by this Office. ArmedForces Headquarters/Inter-ServiceOrganisations Welfare Fund and DefenceCivilian Medical Aid Fund (DCMAF)provide financial help to the employeesduring hours of acute distress.

9.28 Sports and cultural activities are also givena place of importance. Civilian employeesare encouraged to join different sports and

cultural activities. Every year, employeesof this Organisation participate in variouscompetitions at different levels and winprizes for the Organisation. Armed ForcesHeadquarters Day is observed every yearon 1st August.

9.29 The Chief Security Officer and thepersonnel under his command ensure thephysical security of office buildings in theDefence Security Zone under thesupervision of JS (Trg) & CAO. Security ofthe buildings has to be ensured to precludebreach of physical security in the zone.Efforts are also made through briefings tosensitise officers and personnel onmaintaining security of information.

DIRECTORATE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS

9.30 In a democratic polity such as ours, themedia plays a pivotal role in disseminatinginformation to the public. The Directorateof Public Relations with its Headquartersin New Delhi and 24 offices across thecountry, acts as the facilitator and is thenodal agency for providing media supportand services to the Ministry of Defence, thethree Services and Inter-ServiceOrganizations under the Ministry ofDefence. The Directorate of PublicRelations also has a photo section thatprovides photographs of important defencerelated events to the print media. TheDirectorate coordinates preparation of thedaily radio programme ‘Sainikon ke liye’,a popular forty minute programmebroadcast over All India Radio for thebenefit of the Armed Forces personnel.

9.31 The Directorate brings out a fortnightly

journal Sainik Samachar for the ArmedForces in 13 languages, viz., Assamese,Bengali, English, Gorkhali, Hindi,Kannada, Malayalam, Marathi, Oriya,Punjabi, Tamil, Telegu and Urdu.

ARMY PURCHASE ORGANISATION

9.32 Army Purchase Organisation (APO) in theMinistry of Defence is entrusted with theresponsibility of the procurement andtimely supply of dry ration items for theconsumption of the Defence Forces. APOprocures rice and wheat through the FoodCorporation of India; sugar is allotted bythe Directorate of Sugar out of levy quota.Other items like pulses, animal rations,edible oils, vanaspati, tea and milkproducts are purchased from the Centraland State Public Sector Undertakings, andvarious National/State-Level CooperativeConsumer Federations/Cooperatives.Whole milk powder, skimmed milkpowder, butter and ghee are purchasedthrough negotiated contracts from NationalCooperative Dairy Federation of India.Tinned items like vegetables, fruits, jellyand jams, tinned milk, meat and fishproducts, coffee, egg powder etc. areprocured from the Registered Suppliersincluding private parties/dealers throughopen tender. The indented quantities as perthe Army Specifications are procuredkeeping in view the flush season of theitems so as to ensure cost effectiveprocurement.

9.33 During the year 2002-03, a budgetprovision of Rs. 804 crore was provided tothe Army Headquarters for procurement of

73

77

the above items by this Organisation. Asagainst this, supply orders/contracts worthRs. 714 crore were placed by APO uptoMarch 31, 2003.

9.34 The quality control of the contracted itemsis ensured by the Composite FoodLaboratories under the charge of the ArmyHeadquarters (AHQ) who, after inspectionand acceptance of the tenderedcommodities, also supervise dispatches ofthe goods to different Supply Depots as perthe Despatch Instructions issued by AHQ.Payments for the supplies are made by thePrincipal Controller of Defence Accounts(Hqrs) after verification of receiptedvouchers by the Supply Depots/OfficersCommanding, Composite FoodLaboratories.

SERVICES SPORTS CONTROL BOARD

9.35 Services Championships : The ServicesSports Control Board (SSCB) conducts andco-ordinates various sports activities in thethree Services. A total of four teams (ArmyRed, Army Green, Navy and Air Force)participates in 19 Services championshipsconducted under the aegis of SSCB. Duringthe year 2001-2002, Army Red were overallchampions winning 12 out of 19 events.

9.36 National Championships : SSCB isaffiliated to 26 National SportsFederations and participates in 36National Championships including 10Junior sections. The overall performancewas quite good as our teams won overallchampionship in 10 events and wererunners-up in 04 events. 04 events werenot conducted at National level.

9.37 International Championships :During this period, there wereapproximately 85 internat ionalrepresentation including sportsmen,

coaches and officials. In addition tothis 55 sportsmen and officials wereselected for 14th Asian Games held atBusan. Results are as under:-

S.No. Event Selected Players Medal Winners Sub-Event

1. Athletics Nb/Sub P Anil Kumar -Hav Sanjay Ghosh -Hav Satbir Singh Silver 4x400m Relay

2. Boxing CPO NG Dingko Singh -Nb/Sub Ramanand -Hav SB Pun -Hav V Jognson -

3. Equestrian Maj Deep Ahlawat,Capt Rajesh Pattu Bronze Team EventDfr RL Malhi -Capt NS Sandhu -Maj Sandeep Dewan -Nb/Ris JP Masih -Lt Col SS Ahlawat -Lt Col SS Das -Dfr Raghunath Singh -Nk Harphool Singh -Swr Devendra Singh -Rfn Devendra Singh -Dfr Rajpal Singh -

4. Kabaddi WO Ram Mehar Singh Gold Team EventHav Jagdeesha KK

5. Rowing Nb/Sub Kasam Khan - Team Event (CoxlessNb/Sub Inderpal Singh, Four 2000m)Nb/Sub Roshan Lal,Hav Jenil K,Hav Paulose PT BronzeHav Sunil Kakade -Nb/Sub Mujeeb Rehman -Hav Kudrat Ali -Hav Saji Thomas -Hav Ratheesh DB -Hav Udaybir Singh -Nb/Sub RK Pillai

6. Hockey Nb/Sub Ignace Tirkey Silver Team Event

74

78

9.38 17 th Commonwealth Games wereheld in August 2002 at Manchester(UK) where 11 sportsmen from SSCBwere part of the Indian contingent. A

total of 08 medals (05 Gold, 01Si lver, 02 Bronze) were won byServices players. The results are givenas under:-

procurement and distribution of trainingfilms, production of photographs, art worketc.

9.43 The Central Defence Film Library of thisDivision maintains a rare collection of filmsand photographs of Indian Forces. As ondate, the library holds 570 titles in 35 mmsizes, 1290 in 16 mm sizes and 300 in videoformats. During the year, 3039 trainingFilms/Video Cassettes have been distributed.

9.44 Keeping in mind the fact thatresponsiveness of forces is dependent uponspeed with which information and ordersare disseminated, four films have beenspecially made during this year on thelatest communication technology, namely,Communication Techniques, Local AreaNetwork and Wide Area Network (LAN &WAN), Integrated Services Digital Network(ISDN) and Very Small Aperture Terminal(VSAT). Besides, work on 11 films has beencompleted, 4 films are at the final stages ofcompletion and work on 15 films remainedin progress. Till date, 14,105 colour/black& white photographs/slides have beenmade and 5477 pieces of art work prepared.

9.45 The Mobile Cinema Unit of AFFPD alsoprocures/distributes documentary films/news magazines of information, culturaland family welfare values, to the troops inthe forward areas.

SCHOOL OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES

9.46 The School of Foreign Languages (SFL) isan Inter-Service Organization under theaegis of the Ministry of Defence. It is aunique institution of our country because

Services. Nb/Sub Ramanand who is aboxer was adjudged the “Best ServicesSportsman” for the year 2001-2002. Thesaid boxer won gold medal in 22nd

International Boxing Competition inFinland and was adjudged best boxerduring Grand Prix Boxing Tournament,2001 held at Ustinad Labem (CzechRepublic). AVM Jaswant Singh Trophy forBest Services sportsman was presented byChairman, Chiefs of Staff Committee tohim during the Combined Commander’sConference on October 26, 2002.

ARMED FORCES FILMS& PHOTO DIVISION

9.42 The Armed Forces Films & Photo Division(AFFPD) has been entrusted with the taskof meeting the requirements of ServicesHeadquarters and other DefenceOrganisations with regard to production,

9.39 CISM Competition : SSCB is an affiliatedmember of International Military SportsCouncil (CISM). Every year CISM conductsvarious competitions and invites sportsmenof Armed Forces of each member countries.Accordingly, 12 boxers took part in the 46th

World Military Boxing Championship heldat Ireland from September 06-16, 2002.

9.40 32nd National Games : These Games wereheld at Hyderabad (AP) from December 13to 22, 2002. SSCB fielded its teams in 21 sportsdisciplines. Services stood third by winning atotal of 117 medals (i.e. 48 Gold, 34 Silver, 35Bronze). Andhra Pradesh, the host, won theoverall championship whereas Punjab wasrunners-up.

9.41 Best Services Sportsman : Based on theperformance in the Services, National andInternational Championships, one bestsportsman is selected from the three

S.No Event Name of Players Medal Sub Event

1. Shooting Maj RVS Rathore Gold Double Trap (IndI)Maj RVS Rathore Gold Double Trap (Team)Sub BL Dhaka & Gold Rapid Fire Pistol (Team)MCPO-II Mukesh KumarSub AP Subbaiah Bronze Free Rifle 3 posn (Team)Nb/Sub Charan Singh Gold Free Rifle 3 posn (IndI)Nb/Sub Mahavir Singh Gold Centre Fire Pistol (Team)

2. Boxing Hav SB Pun Silver

3. Weight Lifting PO CPR Sudhir Kumar Bronze 69 kg

75

79

no where else so many foreign languagesare taught. It has been the pioneer inforeign language teaching in India since1948. At present, the School is engaged inimparting training in 16 foreign languagesto personnel of the three Services of theIndian Armed Forces. It also caters to theneeds of the other Ministries of theGovernment of India, such as the Ministryof External Affairs, the Cabinet Secretariat,Central Police Organization etc.

9.47 Courses : Arabic, Bhasa Indonesia,Burmese, Chinese, French, German,Persian, Pushto, Russian, Spanish, Sinhalaand Tibetan languages are taught onregular basis at the SFL. It offers thefollowing courses:-

a) Interpretership Course

b) Certificate of Proficiency Course

c) Advanced Diploma Course

d) Short-term Course /Adhoc Course

9.48 The Interpretership Course is a full timeCourse. The students are sponsored by theMinistry of Defence, the Cabinet Secretariatand other Government departments. Thiscourse trains the students to becomeexperts in the highly skilled work ofinterpretation and translation. Furthermore, they are trained in writing andspeaking the target language with utmostfluency. The course is need-oriented andhas been designed and formulated solelyto meet the specific needs of the ArmedForces. It is a highly specialized coursewhich has no parallel anywhere else inIndia. It is only at the SFL that languages

of strategic importance such as Sinhala,Bhasa Indonesia, Burmese, Pushto andTibetan are taught.

9.49 The Certificate of proficiency Course isfollowed by the Advanced DiplomaIntensive Course. Both are part-timecourses and each of one year duration.Together, this 2-year course is equivalentto the 3 year Diploma Courses of theuniversities.

9.50 Short-term courses are purely need-basedprogrammes. They are conducted as andwhen necessary, especially for MilitaryAttaches Designates and officers being senton UN Missions.

9.51 The SFL is the controlling organization forother defence institutions namely NationalDefence Academy, Pune and ArmyEducation Centre and Training College,Pachmarhi, where foreign languages aretaught. It conducts their examinations andissues diplomas to the successfulcandidates. For the Indian Foreign Serviceprobationers, it is obligatory to passAdvanced Diploma examinationconducted by this Institute.

9.52 From July 10, 2002, a regular course inPersian has been started which will caterto the pressing need of training defencepersonnel in Persian language.

HISTORY DIVISION

9.53 Historical Section was created after the endof World War II to prepare a detailedofficial history of the War with particularreference to the operations conducted bythe Armed Forces of the undivided India.

After partition, it served as the CombinedInter Services Historical Section (India andPakistan). The official history of the ArmedForces of undivided India in World War II(1939-45) was brought out in 24 volumesby the Combined Inter Services HistoricalSection (India and Pakistan). Oncompletion of the work it was wound upin 1963.

9.54 In the meanwhile, Historical Section (India)was established on October 26, 1953 towrite and publish official account of thepost independence military operations ofthe Indian Armed Forces. History of theoperations in Jammu and Kashmir (1947-48) was its first assignment. Till now, it hasbrought out 19 volumes. The HistoricalSection was redesignated as HistoryDivision w.e.f. April 01, 1992.

9.55 The History Division also serves as militaryrecords and reference organization of theMinistry of Defence and the Indian ArmedForces. It also provides expert advice to theMinistry of Defence and the three ServicesHeadquarters on matters relating to heraldryand ceremonials. During the year, about 4500operational records were received from theServices Headquarters, Units and Formationsfor permanent retention in the HistoryDivision. About 375 service officers andscholars visited the record room to consultrecords and books in connection withresearch assignments pertaining to militaryhistory. This Division has providedinformation relating to military history inrespect of over 300 queries received fromvarious Units and Formations, and scholarsfrom India and abroad.

76

9.56 This Division also provides two Researchfellowships for conducting research inmilitary history under the ResearchFellowship Scheme of the Ministry ofDefence.

9.57 The Heraldic Cell of the History Divisionhas been assisting the three ServicesHeadquarters and the Ministry of Defenceby suggesting names for newestablishments, designing of crests andbadges and coining suitable mottoes forUnits/Formations.

NATIONAL DEFENCE COLLEGE

9.58 The National Defence College (NDC)inaugurated on April 27, 1960 is the onlyinstitution in the country that impartsknowledge on all aspects of nationalsecurity and strategy. Senior Defence andCivil Service Officers participate in a 47weeks comprehensive programme ofnational security and strategy. The trainingat NDC is highly specialized to equip theparticipants with future planning ofnational strategy in the context of worldpolity. The NDC alumni have risen to thehighest military posts in India and abroadand some of them have even become headsof their countries.

COLLEGE OF DEFENCEMANAGEMENT

9.59 Institute of Defence Management,Secunderabad was established in 1970. Itwas renamed as the College of DefenceManagement (CDM) in 1980. The CDMconducts training programmes orientedtowards the application of management

concepts and techniques to defencesituations in all facets : operations, logistics,intelligence and training. The prominentprogrammes conducted by CDM are LongDefence Management Course, SeniorDefence Management Course, DefenceManagement Seminar and AssignmentOriented Management TrainingProgramme. The college also undertakesmanagement consultancy studies. Thecollege is equipped with modern and state-of-the-art training aids.

DEFENCE SERVICES STAFF COLLEGE

9.60 The Defence Services Staff College (DSSC)is one of the oldest military institutionswhich was established in 1905 in Deolaliand has been functioning at Wellingtonsince 1950. The DSSC imparts training tomiddle level officers of the three Servicesbesides a few civilian officers and officersfrom friendly foreign countries. The collegeconducts a 45 weeks training programme

from June to April every year. The StaffCourse at DSSC aims at imparting trainingin operational and staff functions in anInter-Service as well as Joint Serviceenvironment. The training enables theofficers to effectively perform any staff/operational appointment as Maj/ Lt Coland equivalent ranks in other Services.

MINISTRY OF DEFENCE LIBRARY

9.61 The Ministry of Defence Library providesliterature on subjects relevant to planningand policy formulation in the Ministry ofDefence, three Services Headquarters,Inter-Service Organisations and other alliedDefence Establishments located in Delhi. Itspecializes in Defence and related subjects,besides catering to the needs of generalreaders. The reading material for thelibrary is selected by a Book Selection Sub-Committee. During the year, the libraryadded 850 books, subscribed to 123journals and 23 Newspapers.

Trishul Missile Firing

77

10RECRUITMENT AND TRAINING.......................................................................................................................................

Training at NDA—A cadet displaying his combat skill

82

10.1 The Armed Forces epitomize the ideals ofservice, sacrifice, patriotism and ourcountry’s composite culture. The recruitmentto the Armed Forces is voluntary and everycitizen of India, irrespective of his caste, class,religion and community, is eligible forrecruitment into the Armed Forces providedhe meets the laid down physical, medical andeducational criteria.

RECRUITMENT OF OFFICERS

10.2 Recruitment of Commissioned Officers inthe Armed Forces is mainly done throughthe Union Public Service Commission(UPSC). For technical branches, womenspecial entry scheme, NCC special entryscheme and service entries, recruitment ismade directly through the respectiveRecruiting Directorates for the Army, theNavy and the Air Force.

RECRUITMENT THROUGH THE UPSC

10.3 The UPSC holds an all-India competitiveexamination, known as the CombinedDefence Services Examination (CDSE),twice a year. University graduates areeligible to appear in the examination.Successful candidates join the respectivetraining academies, viz., the Indian MilitaryAcademy (IMA) for the Army, the NavalAcademy for the Navy and the Air ForceAcademy for the Air Force.

10.4 The UPSC also holds, twice a year, anexamination for entry into the NationalDefence Academy (NDA). Candidates oncompletion of the 10+2 Examination or whilein the 12th standard, are eligible to compete.Successful candidates join the NDA. On

completion of the NDA course, they are sentto the respective Service academies for theirpre-commission training.

RECRUITMENT THROUGHSELECTION BOARD

10.5 Recruitment through Service SelectionBoards/Air Force Selection Board is madefor the following branches of the Army,Navy and Air Force:-

ARMY All Arms of Services.

NAVY Electrical Engineering, Engineering(Naval Architects), Logistics,Law, Education, Air TrafficControl.

AIR FORCE Aeronautical Engineering(Electronics), Aeronautical

Engineering (Mechanical),Education, Administration,

Logistics, Accounts and Mete-orology.

UNIVERSITY ENTRY SCHEME

10.6 Final/pre-final year students in Engineeringdisciplines are eligible for induction into thetechnical Branches/Services of the Army asCommissioned Officers under theUniversity Entry Scheme.

SHORT SERVICE COMMISSION(TECHNICAL)

ENTRY SCHEME

10.7 The Short Service Commission(Technical)Entry Scheme envisages recruitment of

qualified technical graduates through theService Selection Boards (SSBs), to attendthe Officers Training Academy (OTA),Madras, after medical tests, for a 10 monthscourse. On completion of training at theOTA, successful candidates are inducted asShort Service Commissioned Officers in theTechnical Branches of the Army.

RECRUITMENT OF MEDICALOFFICERS

10.8 Medical graduates from the Armed ForcesMedical College, Pune are directly inductedas Permanent Commissioned MedicalOfficers in the Armed Forces. For recruitmentof Regular Commissioned/Short ServiceCommissioned Medical Officers from theGraduates/Post Graduates of Civil MedicalColleges, the Director General of the ArmedForces Medical Services conducts an all Indiacompetitive examination.

RECRUITMENT OF WOMEN OFFICERS

10.9 Eligible women are recruited as ShortService Commissioned Officers in thefollowing Branches of the Armed Forces.

ARMY EME, Signals, Engineers, ArmyEducation Corps, ArmyOrdnance Corps, Army ServiceCorps, Intelligence and JudgeAdvocate General’s Branch

NAVY All Branches of the Indian Navy

AIR FORCE Flying, Aeronautical Engineering(Electronics), AeronauticalEngineering (Mechanical),Education, Administration, Logistics,Accounts and Meteorology.

79

83

RECRUITMENT THROUGH NCC

10.10 University graduates possessing NCC ‘C’Certificate with minimum ‘B’ grading and50% marks in graduation are inducted inthe Navy and Air Force as RegularCommissioned Officers and as ShortService Commissioned Officers in theArmy. These graduates are exempted fromappearing in the CDSE conducted by theUPSC and are selected through the SSBs.

INDUCTION UNDER SPECIALCOMMISSIONED OFFICERS SCHEME

10.11 Government had approved the creation of a6,000 strong Support Cadre of SpecialCommissioned Officers. These posts arefilled up by eligible JCOs and ORs. Underthis entry, serving JCOs/NCOs/ORs in theage group of 30-35 years, with an ArmySenior School Certificate Pass (Class XI CBSEPattern) qualification, are eligible forCommission after screening/selectionthrough Service Selection Board and aMedical Board. They have to undergo a pre-commission training of six months duration.The officers so commissioned earn promotionupto the rank of Colonel. The rules forsubstantive promotion and acting promotionare the same as for regular officers. Theseofficers are employed in units as sub unitCadres/QM job/ERE appointments etc. uptothe rank of Major. They retire at the age of57 years after serving about 20-25 years asofficers. The scheme not only improves thecareer prospects of the existing JCOs/NCOs/ORs but also helps in making up thedeficiency of officers in the Army to aconsiderable extent.

10 + 2 TECHNICAL ENTRY SCHEME

10.12 Under this scheme, candidates with 10+2qualification, after selection through SSB,are sent for military and engineeringtraining at IMA and the College of MilitaryEngineering, Pune. Initial six monthsmilitary training is followed by DegreeEngineering Training of 4 years. Theobjective of this scheme is to help inbringing down the deficiency of officers inTechnical Arms/Services.

RECRUITMENT OF OTHER RANKS

10.13 Recruitment of Airmen to the Air Force isdone through the Central Airmen SelectionBoard, located at the Air Force Station, NewDelhi. There are 13 selection centers underthis Board.

RECRUITMENT OF JAWANSTHROUGH

OPEN RECRUITMENT RALLIES

10.14 A new system of recruitment has beenintroduced with effect from April 1, 1998.Under the revised system, recruitment ofjawans in the Army is carried out throughopen recruitment rallies only. Recruitmentrallies are planned well in advance,keeping in view the geographical,demographical and topographicalconsiderations. At least one such rally isheld in each month combining districts,areas and regions, depending upon theresponse anticipated, thereby giving everyaspirant, irrespective of his place ofresidence, minimum one opportunity in ayear to get himself enrolled in the Army.In the old system of Branch Recruiting

Office-oriented recruitment, aspirants hadto travel long distances to reach the nearestBRO for enrolment, whereas in the revisedsystem, recruitment has been broughtcloser to their area of domicile. Advancepublicity regarding an ensuing rally in aparticular area/district is given by puttingup hoardings, advertisement in localnewspapers, radio etc.

PUBLICITY FOR RECRUITMENT

10.15 Measures have been taken to make theyouth of our country more aware of theopportunities in the Army, both for officersincluding women officers and Other Rankscategories. The means of publicity adoptedto attract better talent are as follows:

(a) Press Advertisements: Advertise-ments are released through theDirectorate of Advertising and VisualPublicity (DAVP) in the EmploymentNews/Rozgar Samachar and innewspapers in different languagesfor various entries viz – NationalDefence Academy, CombinedDefence Services Examination,Technical Graduate Course, ShortService Commission (Technical andNon-Technical), University EntryScheme, Law Graduates, Induction inMedical Services for both men andwomen, Special Entry Scheme(Officers), Havildar Instructors,Junior Commissioned Officers(Catering and Religious Teachers) etc.A composite advertisement forvarious entries in the Army is alsobrought out periodically both in

80

84

English and Hindi. Concerned ZonalRecruitment Offices (ZRO)/BranchRecruitment Offices (BROs) alsopublish advertisements onrecruitment of Other Ranks in localregional newspapers.

(b) Advertisements in Journals/Magazines: These are normallybrought out in the journals/magazines of educational institutions.

(c) Hoardings: Hoardings are erected atZRO/BRO premises as well asadjacent to Engineering Colleges allover the country to attract technicaltalents into the Army. DAVPapproves the sites and, thereafter, thehoardings giving detailed informationare installed and maintained by them.

(d) Printed Publicity: Information folders,leaflets, brochures, data cards, postersand blow-ups, prepared throughDAVP and private professionalagencies, are widely distributed.

(e) Exhibition and Fairs: Each year, at theDefence pavilion at the IndiaInternational Trade Fair, New Delhi, astall is established where informationregarding recruitment is provided tovisitors. This is also done in otherorganized fairs, which are careeroriented and meant for students.

IMAGE PROJECTION CAMPAIGN

10.16 To meet out the shortage of officers andbring out awareness of the opportunitiesthat are available on commissioning in theArmy amongst the target group (youths),

an advertising campaign was launched inSeptember 1997 with the assistance of aprofessional advertising agency to projectpositive aspects of a wholesome careeravailable to Service Officer. The aim of thecampaign was to reach out to every cornerof the country through the print, audio,visual and audio-visual media. Anevaluation check of the impact of thecampaign through independent marketresearch agency MODE revealed that thecampaign worked in the desired direction.On this basis the campaign is continuing.

TRAINING

10.17 Several features distinguish HumanResource Management in the DefenceSector. Training being imparted aims toequip the soldier with necessary inputs tomake him not only an efficient fightingman, but also a man well informed onnational and international developments.Specialized and rigorous recruitmentprocedures, environment in which thedefence officers have to interact, demanda holistic approach in training. The trainingrequirements are properly matched for thefreshly recruited officers, for officers inneed of advanced and specialized training,and for Other Ranks (ORs). Accordingly, alarge number of training institutions in theDefence Sector work in coordination withone another to achieve these objectives.

SAINIK SCHOOLS

10.18 The Scheme to establish Sainik Schools wasstarted in 1981 to broad-base recruitmentand remove regional imbalance in theofficer’s cadre of the Defence Forces. Sainik

Schools are a joint venture of the Centraland State Governments. At present 18Sainik Schools are being administered bySainik Schools Society. The Sainik Schoolsare fully residential and admit students inclasses VI and IX only, strictly in the orderof merit decided as per the All India SainikSchools Entrance Examination held inFebruary each year subject to medicalfitness. The medium of instruction inSainik Schools is English althoughknowledge of English is not a pre-requisitefor admission in these schools. Schools givedue attention to both co-curricular andextra-curricular activities for all rounddevelopment of their cadets. These schoolsare affiliated to Central Board of SecondaryEducation and follow 10+2 pattern inscience stream only.

10.19 During the year 2002, a total of 108 studentsfrom Sainik Schools joined NDA, whichtakes about 600 cadets every year. Besides,16 students joined Navy and Army throughtechnical 10+2 entry scheme during 2001.As on date, about 6000 officers of theDefence forces are alumni of Sainik Schools.

MILITARY SCHOOLS

10.20 There are five Military Schools in the countryat Ajmer, Bangalore, Belgaum, Dholpur andChail. The Military Schools admit boys inclass VI, based on an all India EntranceExamination. In the Military Schools, 67%seats are reserved for the wards of JCOs/ORscalled “entitled category”. Out of the 33%non-entitled category seats, 20% are reservedfor wards of service officers and 13% forwards of civilians.

81

85

10.21 Aim of the Military Schools is to impartquality education to enable the students totake All India Secondary School Examinationand Senior Secondary CertificateExamination conducted by CBSE and also tofacilitate their entry into the NDA.

RASHTRIYA INDIAN MILITARYCOLLEGE, DEHRADUN

10.22 Rashtriya Indian Military College (RIMC)was founded on March 13, 1922 with theobject of providing necessary preliminarytraining for boys of Indian birth or domicile,wishing to become officers in Indian ArmedForces. The institution now serves as afeeder institution to the National DefenceAcademy, Khadakwasla (Pune), whereincadets of the Army, Navy and Air Forcereceive their initial training. The aim of thisCollege is to train suitable candidates foradmission to the NDA. Selection for theRIMC is through a written examination-cum-viva-voce conducted through the StateGovernments. Seats for respective States arereserved based on their population. Intakeinto RIMC is biennial in January andAugust, 25 cadets per term with maximumstrength of RIMC being 250. The intake ofboys is at Class VIII in the age group of 11½ to 13 years. The college runs classes from8th to 12th on 10+2 CBSE pattern.

NATIONAL DEFENCE ACADEMY,KHADAKWASLA

10.23 National Defence Academy (NDA) is apremier Joint Services Institution for trainingof young cadets as future officers of theDefence Services. It has a four-fold aim: -

(a) attain requisite educational standardand acquire mental, moral andphysical qualities essential to thecadet’s progressive and continueddevelopment as officers of thefighting services;

(b) obtain such basic service training aswill assist in developing theircharacter, initiative, self-confidenceand above all qualities of leadership;

(c) develop ability to appreciate inter-service aspect of the armed forces;and also

(d) develop interest in extra curricularactivities particularly out-doororiented.

10.24 Entry into NDA is based on a competitiveexamination conducted by UPSC. Cadets ofall three Services viz. Army, Navy and AirForce undergo combined training at NDAfor three years. After passing out from theNDA, the cadets go to their respectiveService academies for specialised trainingbefore being commissioned in the ArmedForces. The Academy is a unique institutionwherein Inter Service aspects are developedright from the formative stages of an officer,thus developing a bond of friendship andrespect for each other’s service.

10.25 The academic curriculum of NDA is in tunewith the national educational format of10+2+3. The syllabus of the Academy hasbeen approved by the Jawaharlal NehruUniversity for grant of B.A. or B.Sc.degree at the time of passing out from theAcademy.

10.26 The training curriculum at NDA isstructured to impart Service and Academictraining to the cadets with a great amountof emphasis being laid on extra curricularand out-door activities to develop theconcept of holistic man and the finerqualities which are pre-requisites of theofficer cadre in the Defence Services.

10.27 A number of cadets from friendly foreigncountries like Bhutan, Nepal, Seychelles,Singapore, Afghanistan, Tanzania,Ghana, Maldives etc. have undergonetraining at NDA. The present strength ofNDA is 1788 including 69 foreign cadets.It includes 52 cadets from Bhutan, 7cadets from Palestine, 1 cadet fromLesotho, 1 cadet from Krgystan and 8cadets from Maldives.

INDIAN MILITARY ACADEMY,DEHRADUN

10.28 The Indian Military Academy (IMA),founded in 1932, has a glorious andcolourful history. The Academy islocated between the Shivalik ranges andthe Himalayan foothills in the beautifulvalley of Dehradun. Aim of IMA is totrain Gentlemen Cadets (GCs) forcommission into the Army. It also has aWing for training service cadets selectedfor commission in the Army.

10.29 It aims at the fullest development ofintellectual, moral and physical qualitieswith basic military training and broadacademic education. It develops thequalities of dynamism, initiative andunderstanding, which form the very basisof leadership in war, as well as in peace.

82

86

10.30 The various modes of entry into IMA are: -

(a) on graduation from NDA;

(b) on graduation from Army CadetCollege, which is a Wing of the IMAitself;

(c) direct entry graduate cadets, whojoin on qualifying in the UnionPublic Service CommissionExamination and the ServicesSelection Board;

(d) technical Graduates;

(e) University Entry Scheme forengineering college students inFinal/Pre-Final year of studies; and

(f) 10+2 Technical Entry Scheme forcandidates who have passed 10+2with more than 70% marks inPhysics, Chemistry and Maths.

10.31 The IMA also imparts training to GentlemenCadets from friendly countries. The presentstrength in IMA is 1257 Gentlemen Cadetsincluding 36 foreign GCs. It includes 23cadets from Bhutan, 5 cadets from Palestine,2 cadets from Lesotho, 1 cadet fromMauritius and 5 cadets from Maldives.

ARMY CADET COLLEGE, DEHRADUN

10.32 This is a Wing of IMA which caters fortraining of service cadets selected for

commission. The academic format issimilar to the NDA on the lines of 10+2+3and the syllabus is common. On completionof the course, these cadets also qualify fora B.A. or B.Sc. degree, recognised by theJawaharlal Nehru University.

OFFICERS TRAINING ACADEMY,CHENNAI

10.33 The Officers Training Academy (OTA) wasestablished in 1963 as ‘Officers TrainingSchool’ to meet increased demand ofofficers in the Army. It was re-designatedas ‘Officers Training Academy’ fromJanuary 01, 1988 on completion of 25 yearsof its existence. To begin with, its main taskwas to train Gentlemen Cadets for grant ofEmergency Commission. From 1965onwards, the Academy started trainingcadets for Short Service Commission, afterwhich the Emergency Commission wasdispensed with.

10.34 Since September 21, 1992, the Indian Armyhas opened up its portals for entry ofwomen as commissioned officers. Initially50 lady cadets were commissioned everyyear with the entries presently limited toArmy Service Corps, Army OrdnanceCorps, Army Education Corps, JudgeAdvocate General’s Department, Corps ofEngineers, Signals and Electrical andMechanical Engineers. Approximately 100Lady Officers get commissioned from OTAevery year.

10.35 Aim of the OTA is to train Gentlemen/Lady Cadets so as to make them fit for aShort Service Commission in the Army.Thetraining is designed to:-

Passing out ceremony at IMA, Dehradun

83

87

(a) impart basic military knowledge;

(b) provide broad based generaleducation to stimulate interest inprofessional studies and generategeneral awareness;

(c) to develop highest qualities ofleadership, moral & physical courageand physical fitness; and

(d) to instill high sense of patriotism,devotion to duty, discipline, integrity,loyalty and honour.

10.36 The OTA imparts pre-commission trainingfor the following courses:

Sl. No. Type of Course EducationalQualification

(a) Short Service GraduationCommission(Non-Technical)

(b) Short Service UniversityCommission Graduation(Technical) in Engineering

(c) Women’s Special Graduate/PostEntry Scheme Graduate

10.37 Against the designed capacity of 500, OTAis presently training 446 GCs including 59Lady Cadets. It is planned to enhance thecapacity of OTA from 500 to 750 cadets.

COLLEGE OF COMBAT, MHOW

10.38 College of Combat was created out ofInfantry School and established as anindependent institution on April 1, 1971.It is a premier All-Arms-Tactical-Training

Institution for officers and performs theimportant functions of evaluation of newconcepts and doctrines in the fields oftactics and logistics. The college trains over1200 officers from armed forces and para-military forces every year. About 100officers from friendly countries are alsotrained every year. The College moved toits new campus in 1988. This campus isspread over an area of 533.5 acres and hasbeen very aesthetically developed. Thisyear, the college has been renamed as“Army War College”.

10.39 The training vision of the college is toharmonise and synchronise the training inthe three wings of the Armed Forces andimpart contemporary teaching based onrealities of existing operationalenvironment and proposed modernizationof the Army. The teaching tries to validatenew operational and logistic conceptsthrough conceptual studies, war games,discussions and seminars. The Faculty of

Studies keeps abreast with all tactical,logistical and technical developments inIndia and abroad in all aspects connectedwith training. The Faculty acts as a bridgebetween tutorial precepts and groundrealities in vetting various exercises. Itrevises and updates all training materialand conducts lectures and demonstrationsfor the courses.

10.40 Courses : The Higher Command Course,Senior Command Course, JuniorCommand Course, M Phil Programme,which is affiliated to Devi Ahilya VishwaVidhalaya (DAVV), Indore (HC Coursestudents are eligible for award of M. Phildegree in Defence and Management) andDefence Management Course. DefenceCorrespondents Course (DCC) is alsoconducted to acquaint defencecorrespondents with the basic organisationand functioning of the Army and the roleof the Army in various operations.

JUNIOR LEADERS WING, BELGAUM

10.41 Role of Junior Leaders Wing, Belgaum isto train junior officers, JCOs and NCOs inSub Unit level Tactical and Special Missiontechnique to make them capable to carryout assigned operational missions in variedterrain conditions under severe stress andstrain and be able to command andadminister their Sub Units effectively inwar and peace.

10.42 Charter of duties of the Junior LeadersWing includes :-

(a) to train officers and NCOs of Army,Para Military Forces and friendly

Officers training in the Multi Media Lab, OTA, Chennai

84

88

foreign countries in commando typeoperations and make them capable oftactical and administrative handlingof the sub-unit, forming part ofspecial mission groups and leadingindependent missions in all typesof terrain and operationalenvironments;

(b) to expose officers to different typesof terrain conditions on our bordersand to highlight the dynamismrequired to exercise tactical missionsand instill confidence in them to facevarying operational situations; and

(c) to re-enforce analytical, logical andrational thinking in the officers todeal with unconventional operationalsituations.

JUNIOR LEADERS ACADEMY,BAREILLY

10.43 The Junior Leaders Academy (JLA) is aCategory ‘A’ institution raised to developleadership qualities in the Junior Leadersof the Indian Army. It impartsinstitutionalised leadership training forour Junior Leaders i.e. JCOs and NCOs.The JLA was set up in the training year1998-1999 at Belgaum. An Interim JLA wasset up at Madgaon (Goa). On July 11,1999, the Academy moved to itspermanent location at Bareilly. JLAimparts training to 3888 students in a year.

10.44 The following two types of JL courses areconducted for the JCOs/NCOs of all armsand services :-

(a) Junior Leaders Course (JLC) : It is a

six weeks duration course for officerscomprising of newly promoted JCOsand NCOs approved for promotionto the rank of the JCO. Six coursesare conducted annually to train 3240students;

(b) Potential Subedar MajorsOrientation Course (PSM) : Fourweeks duration course for 108students comprising of newlypromoted Subedar Majors or SeniorSubedars approved for promotion toSubedar Majors. Six courses areconducted annually to train 640students.

10.45 The IT Revolution : In keeping with theIT revolution the functioning of JLA hasbeen automated in a big way. Apart fromcomputers and its peripherals, equipmentheld by JLA includes state-of-the-artphotocopier machine, digital camera, Webcamera, animation software, scanners andvideo camera.

JUNIOR LEADERS ACADEMY,RAMGARH

10.46 Considering the gigantic magnitude of ourArmy, the requirement of training the JuniorLeaders was only partially met with the raisingof JLA Bareilly. An interim JLA has therefore,been raised at Ramgarh in Bihar w.e.f. 2001.

10.47 The JLA Ramgarh has been organized onthe same lines as JLA Bareilly. This beingan interim location, only the existinginfrastructure and facilities have beenutilized and further improved upon. Thisinstitution will also train 3888 students

every year and will meet the growingdemand of imparting quality training topotential junior leaders of Army.

DEFENCE SERVICES STAFF COLLEGE,WELLINGTON

10.48 The Defence Services Staff College (DSSC)is a premier tri-service trainingestablishment imparting training to middlelevel officers of the three wings of IndianArmed Forces, friendly foreign countriesand various Indian civil services. Thealumni of this college have risen to greateminence in the country and abroad.

10.49 The college was established in 1905 inDeolali and has been functioning atWellington since 1950. With a modestbeginning of training 50 officers, theCollege has on its rolls 430 student officersincluding 34 officers from 25 friendlyforeign countries and six officers from thevarious Indian civil services. The collegeconducts a 45 weeks training programmefrom June to April every year, sub dividedinto six tutorial periods each of five to nineweeks.

10.50 Award of M.Sc. (Defence and StrategicStudies) Degree : The DSSC awards thesymbol of psc (passed staff course) onsuccessful completion of training. TheDSSC is affiliated to the University ofMadras which awards M. Sc. in Defenceand Strategic Studies degree to all studentswho qualify the course. Officers on thefaculty of the College, with aptitude foracademic research, can register for M Phildegree.

85

89

10.51 Aim : The aim of the Staff Course is totrain selected officers of the threeServices in command and staff functionsin inter-service and joint serviceenvironment as also to impart relatededucation to enable them to performeffectively in command and staffappointments.

10.52 The outstanding facet of trainingphilosophy at the College is theimportance given to development of‘Jointmanship’ within the services.Nearly 60 percent of the trainingcurriculum is devoted to joint trainingwhich facilitates understanding offunctioning of the other services by thestudent officers. DSSC is one of the fewsuch establishments in the world whichhas such a tri-service character. Manydelegations from foreign countries visitthe College to acquaint themselves withthe training being imparted at thisunique institution.

10.53 Training instructions are imparted innational security and strategy, varieddimensions of warfare in multifariousterrains; special operations like airborne,heliborne, maritime and amphibiousoperations; low intensity conflictsincluding UN peacekeeping operations;defence management; leadership;military intelligence and administrationin war and peace. Lectures by eminentspeakers on various aspects of geo-politics, socio-politics, Indian economy,science and technology and internationalrelations are also included in the coursecurriculum.

HIGH ALTITUDE WARFARE SCHOOL,GULMARG

10.54 The School was set up in December, 1948 as‘19 Infantry Division Ski School’ by Gen K.S.Thimayya. The School soon gainedpopularity in skiing and winter warfaretraining and during winter of 1949-50, it wasupgraded to a Command establishment andre-designated as ‘Winter Warfare School’.On April 8, 1962, it was raised as Category‘A’ Training Establishment and redesignatedas ‘High Altitude Warfare School’ (HAWS).

10.55 Aim of the School is to train selectedpersonnel in all aspects of high altitude(HA), mountain warfare and developtechniques for fighting in such terrain. TheSchool functions as the Army’s nodalinstructional facility for specialised trainingand dissemination of approved doctrinesin High Altitude, Mountain and SnowWarfare.

10.56 HAWS conducts two series of courses i.e.Mountain Warfare(MW) and WinterWarfare (WW) at Sonmarg and Gulmargrespectively. All courses are combined forofficers, JCOs and NCOs. The trainingperiod broadly consists of January to April(WW Series) and May to October (MWSeries).

COUNTER INSURGENCY & JUNGLEWARFARE SCHOOL, VEIRANGTE

10.57 ‘Jungle Training School’ was established in1968. But the School in its present form wasestablished on May 01, 1970, as a Category‘A’ Establishment and located at Veirangte.It is popularly known as CIJW School. The

School motto “Fight the Guerilla like aGuerilla” is unique and symbolic of theCIJW techniques. The School is presentlytraining officers and men in CounterInsurgency & Jungle Warfare (CIJW).

10.58 Charter of duties of the school is to conductCounter Insurgency Techniques coursesand Language Courses in Assamese, Bodo,Nagamese and Manipuri/Tangkhul forOfficers, JCO/NCOs; and to conduct Pre-induction Training for all units prior toinduction into insurgency areas. The Schoolevolves and reviews tactical doctrine andtechniques regularly for operations inCounter Insurgency & Jungle Warfare andkeeps abreast of all tactical and technicalaspects of insurgency in all parts of theworld.

10.59 A number of students from Para MilitaryForces and friendly foreign countries likeSri Lanka, Nepal, Singapore, Kenya, Iraqand USA also attend the courses conductedby CIJW School. Seven Officers fromforeign countries have attended the coursesthis year. The School has done andcontinues to do yeoman service inpreparing units for operations in CounterInsurgency Areas.

10.60 With the present capacity, the school istraining 120 Officers and 460 JCO/NCOs.Besides training, they have also done wellin looking after the interests of tribalvillages in the vicinities.

INFANTRY SCHOOL, MHOW

10.61 The Infantry School, Mhow is the largestand the oldest Military Training Institution

86

90

of the Indian Army. The origin of theinstitution can be traced back to the year1885. Infantry School is located at twoplaces. The Weapon Wing and YoungOfficers Wing are located at Mhow. TheJunior Leaders Wing consisting ofCommando and Platoon CommandersWing is located at Belgaum.

10.62 The institution imparts training to theOfficers, JCOs and ORs of not only infantrybut other arms and services besides ParaMilitary Forces and Civil PoliceOrganisations. A number of friendlyforeign countries are making use of thefacilities. During the current training year90 Officers, 160 JCOs/NCOs from friendlyforeign countries attended the courses.With this backdrop, the institution ispresently training 1195 Officers, 5900JCOs/NCOs in a year.

10.63 The School is responsible for the followingactivities:-

(a) developing new tactical doctrines,battle techniques and battle drillspertaining to infantry andintroducing them;

(b) continuously studying and keepingabreast with tactical and technicaldevelopments in India and abroad;

(c) carrying out trials of weapons,equipment and ammunitionpertaining to infantry;

(d) conducting courses of instruction; and

(e) training Army Shooting Team andthe National Shooting Team in“Precision Shooting”.

10.64 Courses : Eleven courses are conducted atInfantry School (including Junior LeadersWing) viz. Young Officers Course, GhatakCourse, Platoon Weapon Course, MortarCourse, Anti Tank & Guided MissileCourse, Platoon Commanders Course,Medium Machine Gun & AutomaticGrenade Launcher (J/N) Course, SectionCommanders Course, Automatic DataProcessing Course, Sniper Course andBattalion Support Weapon Course.

10.65 Army Marksmanship Unit : The Schoolalso has the Army Marksmanship Unitwhich has produced a large number ofchampion shooters at national andinternational level.

BATTLE SCHOOLS

10.66 Due to escalation of insurgency problem inJ&K and in the East, a need was felt toimpart pre-induction training to all unitsbeing inducted into counter insurgencyenvironment. Capacity of CIJW School waslimited. Besides due to peculiar operationalsituation and administrative problems ofmovement of units, it was necessary toimpart training to units in areas closer totheir operation areas. To overcome theseproblems, the following three TheatreBattle Schools were established:-

(i) Battle School at Kheru for unitsmoving into the Kashmir Valley;

(ii) Battle School at Sarol for unitsmoving into Chamba and adjoiningareas near Jammu; and

(iii) Battle School at Thakurbari for unitsmoving into Assam and Meghalaya.

10.67 Pre-induction training in these schools hasbenefited all the units, as they were able tounderstand the peculiarities of theinsurgency problem in their locality.Besides training for counter insurgency,these schools especially in the NorthernCommand are training units for their rolealong the line of control and in high altitudeareas. Performance of these schools can begauged from the favourable resultsachieved by Army in combating internalinsurgency and infiltration along the lineof control and International Border.

COLLEGE OF DEFENCEMANAGEMENT

10.68 Realisation of the necessity to set up aninstitution devoted to imparting modern,scientific management training was feltsometime after the Indo-Pak War of 1965.The size of the Indian Defence Services,their deployment in far flung areas, highcost of equipment, limited resources, socio-economic changes, all necessitated thatmilitary commanders be exposed tomodern management concepts andtechniques to enable them to operate in aneffective and optimum manner. Such skillscould neither be imparted from within theexisting framework of training in theArmed Forces nor could they be borrowedfrom the civilian management stream. Thisneed felt by the services gave birth to theInstitute of Defence Management (IDM) atSecunderabad in June, 1970. The IDM wasrenamed as the College of DefenceManagement(CDM) in 1980.

10.69 The College shifted to its new campus in

87

91

May, 2001. This 53.7 acre sprawlingcampus is equipped with modern andstate-of-the-art training aids. A well laidout IT center with over 100 computers andan equal number of printers, a three storiedlibrary with over 27000 books onmanagement and 25 computer based workstations besides other educational andtraining support equipment andinfrastructure is provided therein.

THE COLLEGE OF MATERIALSMANAGEMENT, JABALPUR

10.70 The college owes its lineage to ‘IndianArmy Ordnance Corps (IAOC) School ofInstruction’ established in October, 1925.The School was later re-designated as‘IAOC Training Centre’ in 1939. In January,1950, it became the ‘AOC School’. With thechanging doctrine of training and theadvanced concepts introduced, the AOCSchool was renamed as the College ofMaterials Management (CMM) in 1987.

10.71 The College was affiliated to the Universityof Jabalpur (Rani Durgavati VishwaVidyalaya) in 1987 and its provenexcellence earned it an autonomous statusin 1990. The college is also registered as a‘Government College’ with the UniversityGrants Commission. The approval of AllIndia Council of Technical Education(AICTE) was another achievement of theCollege.

10.72 Structured training is carried out in theunder mentioned faculties :-

(a) Faculty of Higher OrdnanceManagement (FOHOM): It imparts

learning in Advance Managerialskills and techniques related toMaterials, Human Resources,Financial Management andOperational Logistics.

(b) Faculty of Munitions (FOM) : Thisfaculty imparts training in design andfunctioning of Missiles, Armament,Ammunition and ImprovisedExplosive Devices.

(c) Faculty of Technical Stores (FOTS):Under this faculty, personnel aretrained in Warehousing Managementand Inventory Control of Aviation,Armament, Opto-electronics,Engineering, Telecommunication,Combat Vehicles, Apparel andGeneral Stores Inventory.

(d) Faculty of Ordnance LogisticsSupport (FOLS) : This faculty isdedicated to impart training to youngofficers on Ordnance FunctionalProcesses and civilian PersonnelManagement and training ofOfficers/Junior CommissionedOfficers/Other Ranks onQuartermaster Duties.

(e) Faculty of Computer Technology(FOCT) : It imparts training inInformation Technology.

(f) Faculty Of Management Studies(FOMS) : Keeping in view theinherent advantage of decades ofexperience in the field ofmanagement, this college was calledupon to commence Managementcourses for the wards of Army

personnel. Thus, a new chapter waswritten in history of Indian Army,with the establishment of the FacultyOf Management Studies (FOMS) in1994.

NATIONAL DEFENCE COLLEGE

10.73 The National Defence College (NDC),located at 6, Tees January Marg, New Delhihas been conducting the Course for oursenior officers on National Security andStrategic Studies since its inauguration byour first Prime Minister, Pandit Jawahar LalNehru, on 27 April, 1960. During the last42 years, the NDC has established a namefor itself worldwide as a center ofexcellence. The College has providededucation and training in a highlyspecialized and sensitive discipline to alarge number of senior defence and civilianofficers. Many former students of theCollege have reached the top of theirprofessions in India and abroad and somehave even become heads of their countries.

10.74 The NDC Course on National Security andStrategic Studies is of 47 weeks duration.The aim of this Course is to equip futurepolicy makers with the backgroundnecessary to give them a broadunderstanding of the multifariouseconomic, political, military, scientific andorganizational aspects, involved in theplanning of National Strategy. DefenceForces officers of the rank of Brigadier andequivalent and Civilian CentralGovernment Officers of the status ofDirector and above are nominated fortraining at the College. Some officers fromthe Defence PSUs also attend this course.

88

92

10.75 The 42nd Course commenced in January2002 at NDC with a strength of 84 officersof the Army (34), Navy (05), Air Force (10),Civil Services (14) and Friendly ForeignCountries (21).

10.76 The course curriculum consists of StudyCapsules, Lectures and Panel Discussions,Field Tours, Research Activities –ThesisWriting, Seminars and Politico – StrategicGaming Exercises. For the 42nd NDCCourse, seven study capsules wereconducted . About 186 eminent expertswere invited for Lectures and PanelDiscussions. Field Tours form an extremelyimportant part of the curriculum. Thesehelp in validating the knowledge gainedin the classroom by relating it to the groundsituation. During the course, six domesticand six foreign tours were undertaken.Apart from it, the Course Members visitedthe SAARC countries in five separategroups.

10.77 Research Activity-Thesis Writing : Toenable course members to make an originalcontribution to the prevailing knowledgeon a subject of national or internationalinterest that has bearing on nationalsecurity, each course member is requiredto undertake thesis writing work. Thetheses are evaluated and the best five thesesare selected for the award of Payara LalGold Medal and Book Prizes.

ARMY AIR DEFENCE COLLEGE,GOPALPUR

10.78 Army Air Defence College (AADC)erstwhile functioned as a wing of School ofArtillery, Deolali till October, 1989, when it

was moved to Gopalpur as a precursor tobifurcation of Air Defence Artillery from themain branch of Artillery. Located at“Gopalpur-on-Sea”, it is a premier Category‘A’ training establishment, which trainspersonnel of Air Defence Artillery, otherarms and armed forces personnel of foreigncountries in Air Defence related subjects.

10.79 The aim of the Army Air DefenceCollege is:-

(a) To impart technical and tacticaltraining in all aspects of Air DefenceGunnery and radars to Officers,Junior Commissioned Officers andNon-Commissioned Officers.

(b) To evaluate tactical and technicaldoctrine related to Army Air Defence,conduct trials on Air Defenceequipment and produce suitablenotes and pamphlets concerninghandling of Army Air DefenceWeapons.

(c) To act as a centre of excellence for allmatters concerning Air DefenceArtillery.

10.80 The Army Air Defence College conducts anumber of courses of instruction. Some ofthe important courses are Long GunneryStaff Course (Officers), Young OfficersCourse, Electronic Warfare Course, SeniorCommand Air Defence Course, LongGunnery Staff Course JuniorCommissioned Officers (JCOs)/Non-commissioned Officers (NCOs), TechnicalInstructors Fire Control Course, AircraftRecognition Course, Unit Instructors andCrew Based Training and Automated DataProcessing Course.

SCHOOL OF ARTILLERY, DEOLALI

10.81 The School of Artillery, located in thesylvan surroundings of the WesternGhats of Maharashtra, is the academiccentre for various sub-disciplines of thescience and methodology of artillerywarfare.

10.82 The charter and functions of the School ofArtillery is to impart technical training toofficers, JCOs and NCOs of the Regimentof Artillery on artillery weapons andsystems including training of pilots for AirObservation Post duties. Besides this,review of doctrines, study and trials ofartillery equipment, both Indian andforeign is also carried out.

10.83 The School of Artillery trained 356 Officersand 635 JCOs/NCOs in the year with aview to imbue and develop technical skillsand expertise in operating and employingartillery weapon systems. During the year,36 officers and 35 personnel from 8 foreigncountries were also imparted training.

ARMY SERVICE CORPS CENTRE ANDCOLLEGE, BANGALORE

10.84 The beginning of the Army Service Corps(ASC) alma mater dates back to 1908when the Supply and Transport TrainingSchool was established at Chaklala, nowin Pakistan. In 1947 it shifted to Bareilly.In 1999, consequent to the merger of ASCSchool, Army School of MechanicalTransport (ASMT) and ASC Centre(South), the ASC Centre and Collegecame into existence at Bangalore; thusbecoming a premier institution for

89

93

imparting training in logistics relatedfacets. ASC College is recognised andaffiliated to the Rohilkhand University,Bareilly for award of diplomas/degreesin Logistics and Resource Managementto student officers.

ARMY EDUCATION CORPS TRAININGCOLLEGE & CENTRE, PACHMARHI

10.85 The history of this institution dates back toWorld War-I when importance ofeducation as an integral part of troopstraining was realized. The Army School ofEducation was established in the year 1920with its Indian Wing at Belgaum and theBritish Wing at Wellington (Nilgiris). In1924, the British Wing also moved toBelgaum. In 1939 Army School ofEducation moved to Pachmarhi fromBelgaum.

10.86 The aim and role of AEC Training College& Centre is detailed as follows:

(a) to function as a category ‘A’ trainingestablishment for the Indian Armyand a category ‘B’ establishment forAEC personnel under LineDirectorate at Army Headquartersand Headquarters Army TrainingCommand;

(b) to function as an AutonomousCollege of the Barkatullah University,under UGC, conducting Post-Graduate, Graduate, Diploma andCertificate Courses andexaminations;

(c) to devise need based educationaltraining courses for the personnel of

the Para Military Forces and defencepersonnel of the friendly foreigncountries;

(d) to function as a teachers traininginstitute under NCTE norms;

(e) to create a corpus of resourcepersonnel in the field of education,map reading, foreign languages,computer applications and militarymusic;

(f) to train Military Bands, Pipes andDrums, Bands and Musicians ofArmy, Air Force, Navy, Para MilitaryForces and friendly foreign countriesat the Military Music Wing as wellas create a corpus of musicinstructors;

(g) to function as a nodal agency for ADPtraining of minor Corps;

(h) to provide technical training to AECpersonnel to develop humanresources in the Indian Army; and

(i) to train and provide interpreters forBorder Personnel Meetings (BPMs).

MILITARY MUSIC WING,PACHMARHI

10.87 The Military Music Wing (MMW) wasraised in October, 1950 . The Wing has notonly been prolific with over 200 musicalcompositions to its credit, but has alsoexcelled in maintaining the standard ofMilitary Music in India through its diverserange of courses designed to take recruitbandsmen, pipers or drummers, from therudiments of music to a stage of enviable

musical proficiency. The MMW has grownextensively from its initial designedcapacity of 132 to 264 students, althoughat times upto a strength of 364 is requiredto be trained.

10.88 The musicians and bands of the threeServices, Para Military Forces and fromfriendly foreign countries, have access tothe Military Music Wing which runs 10courses, of which four are designedpurely for the Military Band. The mostadvanced course is the Potential BandMaster ’s Course, run over three years,which besides developing practical skillsover all musical instruments of aMilitary Band, imparts effective trainingin composing, arranging and conducting,culminating in the award of the‘Licentiate in Military Music’. Thestudents are also taught Indianinstruments and by the end of the courseare eligible for the Diploma inHindustani Sangeet.

Training of Drummers in Military Music Wing

90

94

REMOUNT AND VETERINARY CORPSCENTRE AND SCHOOL, MEERUT

10.89 The Remount and Veterinary Corps (RVC)Centre and School, located in Meerut, is thealma mater of all RVC personnel. Thecenter imparts Basic Military and TechnicalTraining to young veterinary graduates oncommission and to various technicaltradesmen of the Corps like Dressers,Riders, Furriers, Army Dog Trainers,Laboratory Attendants and other categoriesto make them proficient in the singular andnoble profession of service to mute animalswhich are used as war machine.

ARMY SCHOOL OF PHYSICALTRAINING , PUNE

10.90 Army School of Physical Training (ASPT)is a premier institution impartingsystematic and comprehensive instructionto selected all ranks of the Army regardingthe conduct of Physical Training in unitsand sub units. It also imparts basic trainingin Sports & Games with a view to improvestandard in the Army and complementphysical training through recreation ingames and sports. The school conducts atotal of 36 physical training and sportscoaching courses in a training year whichare attended by Officers, JCOs and ORs ofthe Army, Para Military Forces and fromfriendly foreign countries like Sri Lanka,Bhutan, Nepal, Ghana, Myanmar,Mauritius & Maldives.

ARMY SPORTS INSTITUTE ANDARMY SPORTS NODES

10.91 To restore national pride in the hearts of

our fellow countrymen and to project awinning image of the Army, the Chief of

Army Staff has availed of the opportunityto meet the challenge of Olympics 2004,by redefining the Key Result Area for thepurpose of sports in the Army.

10.92 To realise this aim, in principle approvalof the Raksha Mantri was obtained, and anamount of Rs 60 crore has been sanctionedfrom the Defence Budget. The Army hasidentified ten sports disciplines, which areits forte, to train and prepare for theOlympics. Accordingly, the Army SportsInstitute at Pune and Army Sports Nodesat various places have been conceptualisedand established with effect from July 01,2001. The focus is on individual sports, inwhich we are likely to perform at par withothers. These are:-

National Archery Champions under training in ArmySports Institute, Pune

Sl. No. Sports Sports Institutes/Nodes

(a) Athletics Army Sports Institute, Pune(Middle and LongDistance Running)

(b) Aquatics (Diving) Army Sports Institute, Pune

(c) Archery Army Sports Institute, Pune

(d) Boxing Army Sports Institute, Pune

(e) Weight lifting Army Sports Institute, Pune

(f) Shooting Infantry School, Mhow

(g) Wrestling Maratha Light Infantry Regimental Centre, Belgaum

(h) Equestrian Remount & Veterinary Corps Centre, Meerut and ArmyService Corps (School), Bangalore

(i) Sailing Headquarters Maharashtra & Goa Area, Mumbai

(j) Rowing College of Metallurgical Engineering, Pune

91

95

TRAINING OF FOREIGN ARMYPERSONNEL AT ARMY TRAINING

ESTABLISHMENTS

10.93 Army personnel from friendly foreigncountries from South East Asia,neighbouring countries, Africa, CAR andalso from the developed countries areattending courses of instructions in ourArmy Training Institutions. TheGovernment provides assistance to thedeveloping and under developed

nations under the Indian Technical andEconomic Cooperation (ITEC)programme of Ministry of ExternalAffairs. Under this programme,personnel from developing countries gettraining in service institutions free of costor at subsidized rates. DevelopedWestern countries also send their officersfor training to our institutions onreciprocal basis and on self financingbasis by paying cost of training and other

related charges to our Government. Forthe training year 2002-2003, 2350vacancies were requested by 40 foreigncountries. Para Military ForcesOrganisations have demanded 3600vacancies during the training year. Alarge number of countries includingChina have evinced keen interest inutilising the training expertise of IndianArmy. Defence Cooperation hasincreased significantly, drawingaccolades for the professional acumen ofthe Indian Army.

92

11RESETTLEMENT AND WELFARE OF EX-SERVICEMEN............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ex-servicemen Contingent in Republic Day Parade

11.1 In order to maintain a youthful profile ofthe Armed Forces, approximately 60,000service personnel are retired/releasedevery year at a comparatively young age.Majority of service personnel at the timeof retirement are at an age where they havenumerous unfinished domesticresponsibilities which necessitate theirtaking up of a second occupation. As perstatistics maintained, a total of 17,47,637Ex-Servicemen (ESM) and 3,54,597 widowshave been registered and reported to besurviving as on June 30, 2002. The Ex-Servicemen population is mainlyconcentrated in the States of Uttar Pradesh,Punjab, Haryana, Maharashtra, Kerala,Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan, and HimachalPradesh. A Kendriya Sainik Board (KSB)under the Chairmanship of the RakshaMantri lays down general policies for thewelfare of ESM and their dependents, forthe administration of welfare funds, andalso for coordinating the work of the SainikBoards in the country. Similarly, at the Statelevel, the Rajya Sainik Boards (RSBs) andat the district level the Zila Sainik Boards(ZSBs) have been established. TheGovernment of India bears 50% of theexpenditure incurred on the organisationsof RSBs while the remaining expenditureis borne by the respective StateGovernments. The Directorate General ofResettlement (DGR) under the Ministry ofDefence looks after all matters connectedwith the resettlement and welfare of ESMand their dependants. In case of Indian Ex-Servicemen Welfare Organisations of Nepal(IEWON), Government of India bears 100%expenditure on maintenance.

RESETTLEMENT

11.2 Efforts continue to be made to explorevarious avenues for employment of Ex-Servicemen. With a view to resettle/re-employ Ex-Servicemen, the CentralGovernment arranges the following:-

(a) Training programme to re-orientretiring Defence personnel towardscivil employment;

(b) Reservation of vacancies forproviding employment opportunitiesin government/semi-government/public sector organisations; and

(c) Schemes for self-employment.

TRAINING PROGRAMMES

11.3 Training for preparing both Ex-Servicemenand retiring service personnel for theirresettlement in civil life is one of the majorfunctions entrusted to the DirectorateGeneral of Resettlement. The emphasis ofthe programmes run by the DGR has beento organise employment/self employmentoriented training programmes so as to opennew resettlement avenues for officers aswell as for Other Ranks. A number of newcourses and job-oriented trainingprogrammes have been included in thetraining schedule. The training includesinputs on managerial science as well astechnology and know-how required in thecivil field. Constant endeavour is made toimprove the quality of training to enhancethe post employment opportunities ofdefence personnel and to equip them withnecessary qualifications and expertise,commensurate with the skill and aptitude

of each individual in the desired field ofsettlement in civil life.

OFFICERS TRAINING

11.4 The Resettlement Training Programmesrange from vocational courses of 3 monthsduration to degree/diploma courses inBusiness Administration, PersonnelManagement, Hotel Management andTourism, Human Resource Training andDevelopment etc. of one to three years’duration. During 2002-03 (upto October),334 officers have been trained in variousdisciplines.

JCOs/ORs AND EQUIVALENTTRAINING

11.5 Training Programmes were alsoundertaken for the retiring as well asretired JCOs/OR and their equivalentsfrom the three services. Theseprogrammes included vocational courseslike Security Management, Export/Import Management, Marketing/SalesManagement, Travel AgencyManagement. In an endeavour to furtherincrease their employment potentialcourses like Computer HardwareMaintenance, Diploma in MedicalLaboratory and X-Ray/ECG Technology,Ceramic Handicraft, Electroplating,Machinist and Lens Making, ComputerScience and Application, OfficeAutomation, Computer Aided Designing(CAD), Printing Technology and DeskTop Publishing (DTP), Bee-Keeping,Poultry Farming, Crop Production, Dairyand Animal Husbandry, Assistant

94

98

Security Officer, Industrial Security andFire Fighting Courses etc. are beingconducted. The Directorate General ofResettlement (DGR) has been conductingmore than 400 courses for vocationaltraining. Besides, courses at more than200 ITIs for pre and post release training,and On the Job Training (OJT) courses at85 PSUs /Departmental Undertakingsalong Ex-Servicemen ResettlementTraining Schemes are being run.

11.6 The details of the personnel impartedtraining in various fields during the lastsix years, till October 2002 are as follows:-

Servicemen and dependants of deceasedservice personnel on compassionategrounds.

RESERVATION FOR EX-SERVICEMENIN GOVERNMENT JOBS

11.8 The Central Government has reserved 10%of vacancies in Group ‘C’ posts and 20%in Group ‘D’ posts for Ex-Servicemen.Central Public Sector Undertakings andNationalised Banks provide 14.5%reservation in Group ‘C’ and 24.5% inGroup ‘D’ posts to them. 10% vacancies

overall ceiling of 50% imposed by theSupreme Court and 49.5% reservationalready having been provided in theGovernment jobs for SC/ST/OBC.Therefore, the reservation being providedto Ex-Servicemen is of horizontal nature,which implies that Ex-Servicemen selectedagainst the vacancies reserved for them aresubsequently adjusted against the relevantcategory i.e., SC, ST, OBC or General towhich they belong. There is also no carryforward of unfilled reserved vacanciesunder horizontal vacancies.

SECURITY AGENCIES

11.9 The Directorate General of Resettlement(DGR) registers/sponsors SecurityAgencies for providing Security Guardsto various Public Sector Undertakingsand industries in private sector. Thescheme offers self employmentopportunities to retired Defence Officersand employment opportunity to ex-PBOR. The Department of PublicEnterprises (DPE) had issuedinstructions to the PSUs to get securitypersonnel through DGR sponsoredSecurity Agencies. The scheme hasshown good results. All StateGovernments have also been requestedto issue suitable instructions to allconcerned under their jurisdiction toobtain security cover through DGRempanelled agencies, thereby furtheringthe cause of resettling Ex-Servicemen.

PLACEMENT OF JCOs/ORs

11.10 The details of Ex-Servicemen provided

SCHEME 1997-98 1998-99 1999-2000 2000-01 2001-02 Upto

October,2002

Officers Training 1150 606 431 387 409 209

PBOR Training 5114 5824 4563 5718 3518 1714

On the Job Training 1228 1419 1437 1452 1363 478

ITI Training 1324 1292 1847 2675 1510 1510

ESM Training 404 333 385 58 421 —

RE-EMPLOYMENT

11.7 The Central and State Governments providea number of concessions to Ex-Servicemenfor their re-employment in Central/StateGovernment posts. These includereservation of vacancies/relaxation in ageand educational qualifications, exemptionfrom payment of application/examinationfees, priority employment to disabled Ex-

of Assistant Commandants in ParaMilitary Forces are also reserved for Ex-Servicemen. In addition, most of the StateGovernments, except for the States of UP,Bihar, J&K, Kerala and Meghalaya, areproviding reservations to Ex-Servicemen inthe State Government jobs. It has,however, not been possible to havestatutory backing to the reservations beingprovided to them, inter alia, due to the

95

99

employment through DGR and Zila SainikWelfare Offices in the States during the lastsix years is as given in the above table :

OFFICERS’ EMPLOYMENT

11.11 During the year 2002 (upto October, 2002),a total number of 342 officers wereregistered with the DGR for employmentassistance, out of which the names of 231officers were sponsored for employment.

SCHEMES FOR SELF-EMPLOYMENT

11.12 As it is not feasible to provide Governmentjobs to all Ex-Servicemen after theirretirement from the Armed Forces,Government has formulated severalschemes for encouraging and givingfinancial support by way of loans to ex-servicemen entrepreneurs intending to setup small and medium industries.Important self-employment schemes areSEMFEX-I, SEMFEX-II, National EquityFund Scheme and SEMFEX-III.Applications for sanction of loans aresubmitted by Ex-servicemen directly to

concerned Zila Sainik Boards in the States.The applications are scrutinised and thosewho satisfy eligibility criteria and otherterms and conditions are recommended forsanction of loan through State FinancialCorporations, aided by Small IndustriesDevelopment Bank of India (SIDBI),Scheduled Commercial Banks, DistrictCentral Cooperative Banks, State LandDevelopment Banks & Regional RuralBanks aided by National Bank forAgriculture and Rural Development(NABARD) and the State KVIB/ Banksaided by the Khadi and Village IndustriesCommission (KVIC).

MANAGEMENT OF CNG STATIONS INNATIONAL CAPITAL REGION (NCR)

11.13 The scheme for management of CNGstations belonging to Indraprasta Gas Ltdwas launched as a pilot project in July, 2001.On success of pilot project, the scheme wasextended to other retired officers. As ondate, there are 35 retired officers managing70 CNG stations.

EX-SERVICEMEN COAL TRANSPORTCOMPANIES

11.14 Special provision exists for sponsoring ex-Servicemen coal transport companies forthe execution of work in coal subsidiariesof the Coal India Limited (CIL). Theunemployed retired officers and JCOsregistered with DGR are selected to formex-Servicemen coal transport companiesand are sponsored to respective coalsubsidiaries for five years, extendable byanother two years. Presently, 97 suchcompanies are operating under the variouscoal subsidiaries of CIL.

WIDOWS TIPPER ATTACHMENTSCHEME

11.15 The widows of defence personnel, who diewhile in service due to causes attributableto service, can be sponsored by DGR forattaching one tipping truck in their namewith an Ex-Servicemen Coal TransportCompany. The functioning of theseCompanies is monitored by DGR.

ALLOTMENT OF OIL PRODUCTAGENCIES TO THE EX-SERVICEMEN/

WIDOWS/DEPENDENTS UNDERDEFENCE QUOTA

11.16 Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gashave reserved 8% of Oil ProductAgencies, i.e. LPG, petrol pumps,kerosene depots etc. for disabledsoldiers with disability of 50% or moreand attributable to military service,widows and dependants of those whodied in war/peace due to causesattributable to military service. DGR

PLACEMENT OF JCOs/ORs

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002*

Central Govt 4023 5188 3992 4035 4982 2844

State Govt 4815 2825 2540 2219 2136 560

Private Sector 5424 3304 3068 2766 3221 120

Security Agencies 8873 7140 13810 8717 5650 6798

*Figures for 2002 are provisional.

96

100

sponsors eligible candidates for selectionby the Oil Selection Board constituted bythe Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas.Final allotment is made by the concernedoil company. Approximately 70-80‘eligibility certificates’ are issued everyyear. In addition to the 8% reservation,Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas hasannounced a Special Scheme for directallotment of Retail Outlet/LPGdistributorship to widows/next of kins(NOK) of service personnel killed inaction in Operation Vijay (Kargil).

ALLOTMENT OF ARMY SURPLUSCLASS V-B VEHICLES

11.17 Ex-Servicemen and serving personneldue to retire within six months, canapply for Army Surplus V-B vehicles.The allotment is made by the ArmyHeadquarters through nine vehicledepots. On an average, 500 applicationsare registered every year under thisscheme.

RESERVATION OF CSD AND LOWTECHNOLOGY ITEMS

MANUFACTURED BY THEEX-SERVICEMEN ENTREPRENEURS

11.18 The Canteen Stores Department of India(CSDI) has reserved 15% of the 30 selectedCSD items and the Ministry of Defence hasreserved 10% of the 262 selected itemsmanufactured by the Ex-ServicemenEntrepreneurs under the Defence PurchaseProgramme for which Ex-Servicemenmanufacturing units alone are eligible.

ALLOTMENT OF MOTHER DAIRY/DMS MILK BOOTHS AND FRUIT &

VEGETABLE OUTLETS

11.19 This scheme was launched in consultationwith the National Dairy DevelopmentBoard (NDDB) to provide ready madebooths with deep freezers, electronicweighing machines and other accessoriescosting approximately Rs 8 lakh borne byNDDB. Ex-Servicemen upto the rank ofJCO or its equivalent, below the age of 55years, are eligible for allotment of MotherDairy Milk Booths and Fruit & Vegetableoutlets till such time they attain the age of60 years. More than 4800 Ex-Servicemenhave benefited under the scheme since 1987on a rotational basis. Based on the successof this scheme, other States have also beenapproached to provide similar facilities toEx-Servicemen. Tamil Nadu and Karnatakahave already responded with 50% and100% reservation for allotment of automaticmilk vending booths in their States.Rajasthan Government is also consideringpreferential treatment to Ex-Servicemen inallotment of milk vending booths.

WELFARE

11.20 The Kendriya Sainik Board (KSB) under thechairmanship of Defence Minister alsoadministers various welfare activitiesoperated through Armed Forces Flag DayFund, which are financed from interestearnings of the fund. The Fund has acorpus of Rs. 102 crores as on date.Financial assistance is provided toinstitutions such as Paraplegic Homes atKirkee and Mohali, the Red Cross Society,

Cheshire Homes, Military Hospitals, St.Dunstan’s After Care Organisation andHomes for taking care of old and physicallyhandicapped ESM and their dependents.Financial assistance is also provided toindividual ESM and their families who arein a state of penury to meet their specificneeds.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROMRAKSHA MANTRI’S

DISCRETIONARY FUND

11.21 A portion of the earnings of Armed ForcesFlag Day Fund is set apart as RakshaMantri’s Discretionary Fund and is used toprovide financial assistance to poor andneedy Ex-Servicemen for various purposesviz. medical treatment, marriage ofdaughters, repair of houses, education ofchildren. Monthly financial assistance forupto a period of two years is also providedto old and infirm Ex-Servicemen/widowof Ex-Servicemen living in penury.

St. Dunstan’s After Care Organisation forBlind Ex-servicemen

97

101

CONCESSIONS AND FACILITIES

11.22 Under-mentioned concessions and facilitiesare available to eligible personnel:-

(a) Free Educational Facilities toChildren of Defence personnel killedor disabled in action.

(b) 28 Seats in the MBBS, one seat in BDSand two seats in engineering streamat Annamalai University areavailable through KSB todependants/wards of certaincategories of defence personnel.

(c) 25% seats are reserved for the wardsof serving and Ex-Servicemenpersonnel in Sainik Schools.

(d) States/UTs have made reservation ofseats in professional colleges/ITIs/polytechnics for wards of serving andretired defence personnel.

(e) Two educational grants of Rs 600/-and Rs 300/- p.m. per student areprovided to wards of war bereaved,disabled attributable and nonattributable peace time casualties,respectively, housed in 35 WarMemorial Hostels to enable them topursue their studies.

(f) MEDICAL FACILITIES TO EX-SERVICEMEN :-

(i) Presently, Ex-servicemen, theirfamilies and families of deceasedService personnel drawingpension of any kind are entitledto free out patient treatment in127 Military Hospitals and morethan 1000 Medical

Inspection(MI) Rooms including24 exclusively reserved for ex-servicemen. However, localpurchase of medicines notavailable with the Hospitals isnot allowed. In-patienttreatment is also providedsubject to availability of beds. Ex-servicemen who are not availingmedical facilities from MilitaryHospitals may choose to drawRs. 100/- every month formedical treatment. Ex-Servicemen/dependents are alsoprovided financial assistancefrom Armed Forces Flag DayFund and Group InsuranceSchemes for treatment ofspecified serious diseases.

(ii) Ex-Servicemen ContributoryHealth Scheme (ECHS): It hasnow been decided to introducea new medical scheme forproviding medical care to ex-Servicemen War widows andtheir dependents on the patternof Central Government HealthScheme(CGHS). The details ofthe scheme are as under:-

a. The military facilitiesexisting at 104 militarystations will be augmentedat a capital cost of Rs. 49crores and annualrecurring expenditure ofRs. 52 crores;

b. Fresh medical facilities inthe nature of poly-clinics/

medical inspection roomswill be set up at 123stations where thepopulation of ex-Servicemen is more than2,500. This will involve acapital cost of Rs.69 croresand annual recurring costof Rs.98 crores;

c. The Ex-Servicemen, warwidows and theirdependents at otherstations where ex-Servicemen population isless than 2,500 will beattached to the existingpoly-clinics/medicalinspection rooms asmentioned in (a) above orwith poly-clinics/medical inspection roomsto be created at 123stations vide (b) above.

(iii) The ex-Servicemen, war widows andtheir dependents will also bereimbursed the cost of medicines notprovided by the poly-clinics/medicalinspection rooms, fee of thespecialists to whom they are referredto, the charges of laboratories forpathological or other diagnostic testsand also the cost of hospitalisation.

(iv) The ex-servicemen and war widowswill be required to make acontribution at the same rate at whichthe Central Government pensionersare required to make contribution foravailing medical facilities under the

98

102

CGHS after retirement. The schemewill be implemented in a phasedmanner in five years.

(g) Travel Concession: The followingconcessions are available to WarWidows/Gallantry Award Winners,which can be availed on productionof identity card issued by KSB:-

(i) Rail Travel Concession: 75%concessions in rail fare fortravel in II Class is available towar widows, including those ofIPKF casualties. Besides,recipients and widows ofposthumous recipients ofChakra series of gallantryawards alongwith a companionare entitled to free rail pass fortravelling in Class I/II ACSleeper.

(ii) Air Travel Concession:Certain categories of personnelare eligible to 75% concessionin fare for air travel in domesticflights of the Indian Airlines.These are:-

(a) Recipients of GallantryAwards of level I and IIviz. PVC, MVC, AshokChakra and Kirti Chakra.

(b) Permanently war disabledofficers who have beeninvalided out of serviceand the dependentmembers of their families.

(c) War widows of postIndependence era.

(h) Reservation of House Sites/Houses: Majority of States havemade reservations for serving/retired Armed Forces personnelin allotment of house sites/houses.

(i) Grant for Repair of Houses:Financial assistance is providedespecially to War Widows/War-disabled for repair ofhouses on 50% cost sharingbasis with State Governmentsupto an extent of Rs. 10,000.

(j) Sainik Rest House Facilities :Over 252 Sainik Rest Houseshave been created in thecountry, which provide transitfacilities to Ex-Servicemen andtheir dependants at nominalrates.

(k) Cash Award/Annuity/Cash, inlieu of Land for Gallantry/Non Gallantry AwardWinners: The State/UTsprovide Cash Award/Annuity/Cash in lieu of Landfor Gallantry/Non GallantryAward Winners.

PENSION TO ARMED FORCESPERSONNEL

11.23 The service conditions of Armed ForcesPersonnel differ greatly from civiliansowing to exigencies of service and theneed to work in difficult geo-climaticconditions, such as desert in the west,glaciers in the north, rain forests in the east

and the high seas in the south, and alsoinvolves periods of separation from thefamily. In the event of hostilities, they arealso expected to make the supremesacrifice of life to maintain the territorialintegrity of the country. The Armed Forcesare required to maintain a youthful profileat all times for the highest degree ofcombat efficiency. Hence, they areretired/released at a younger age ascompared to civilian employees and aregranted pensionary benefits at somewhatliberal scale as compared to their civiliancounterparts. The nature of retirement/release from service determines theadmissibility of the type of pension in thecase of Armed Forces Personnel. Theeligibility conditions, rates etc. of thedifferent types of pensions are detailed inthe succeeding paragraphs.

RETIRING/SERVICE PENSION

11.24 Retiring/Service pension, admissible tothe Armed Forces Personnel is calculatedat 50% of the average reckonableemoluments drawn during the last tenmonths. In the case of Personnel BelowOfficers Rank (PBOR), it is calculated withreference to the maximum of the rank,held for 10 months preceding retirement.In the case of retirement/death, DearnessAllowance (DA) admissible on the date ofretirement/death shall also be treated asemolument. Retiring pension shall besubject to a minimum of Rs.1275/- permonth and maximum of upto 50% of thehighest pay, applicable to Armed ForcesPersonnel. As per formula evolved under

99

103

the modified parity, in the case of pastpensioners, with effect from January 1,1996, pension would not be less than 50%of the minimum pay in the revised scaleof the pay introduced w.e.f. January 1,1996for the rank, rank and group (in the caseof PBORs) held by the pensioner. Whilein the case of commissioned officers of theArmy, Navy and Air Force, the minimumperiod of qualifying service (withoutweightage) required for earning retiringpension is 20 years (15 years in the case oflate entrants), in the case of PBOR it is 15years {20 years in the case of Non-Combatants Enrolled (NCsE)}. However,keeping in view their early retirement,Armed Forces personnel are given thebenefit of weightage ranging from 9 yearsfor Captains and below to 3 years forGenerals. Personnel Below Officers Rankare given the uniform benefit of 5 years.For calculating gratuity, a uniformweightage of 5 years service is given toall ranks. Armed Forces Personnel are alsopermitted higher commutation of theirpension at 43% for officers and 45% forPBORs as compared to 40% for civilians.

11.25 Army Reservists, who did not opt forgrant of pension and have not availed thebenefits of Rehabilitation assistancegranted by the Government and are notin receipt of any other pension, aresanctioned an ex-gratia payment of Rs.600/- p.m. plus dearness relief w.e.fNovember, 1997, provided they hadrendered minimum qualifying service toearn pension.

CATEGORISATION OF CASES FORDETERMINING PENSIONARY

BENEFITS

11.26 On the basis of recommendations of the5th Central Pay Commission, fordetermining the pensionary benefits fordeath or disability under differentcircumstances due to attributable/aggravated causes, the cases have beenbroadly divided into 5 categories asindicated below :-

CATEGORY A : Death or disability due tonatural causes.

CATEGORY B : Death or disability due to causesattributable or aggravated bymilitary services.

CATEGORY C : Death or disability due toaccidents while performingduties.

CATEGORY D : Death or disability due to actsof violence/attacks byterrorists whether or not onduty.

CATEGORY E : Death or disability due to waror war-like situation.

DISABILITY PENSION

11.27 A person, who is released/retired fromservice, on account of a disease/injury/wound attributable to or aggravated bymilitary service (Categories B and C), isentitled to disability pension providedthe disability assessed by the MedicalBoard is 20% or more. Disability Pensionconsists of Service element and Disabilityelement. The Service element is related

to the length of service rendered by theindividual and the Disability element ispaid in the form of compensation for thedisablement and depends on the degree ofdisablement. The amount of serviceelement is equal to the normal retiring/service pension. With effect from January1, 1996 the service element subject to aminimum of Rs.1275/- p.m. is also payablewhen the length of service rendered is lessthan the minimum pensionable service.Personnel with 100% disability are alsopaid a Constant Attendant Allowance atthe rate of Rs.600/- p.m. on therecommendations of a Medical Board. Inall other cases, where the personnel areinvalided out of service with a disability,neither attributable to nor aggravated bythe military service, invalid pension isgranted, if the service, actually renderedis 10 years or more. If the service is lessthan 10 years, such Service personnel arepaid Invalid gratuity depending upon thelength of service. Pursuant to theimplementation of the 5th Central PayCommission, relating to disabilitypension/liberalised pension/war injurypension etc. the rates of disability pensionhave been revised with effect from January1, 1996 as under:

(a) On Invalidment

Where an individual is invalided out ofservice on account of causes attributable toor aggravated by military service, he/sheis entitled to disability pension as under :-

(i) Service element - Equal to normalretiring/service pension for the length

100

104

of service actually rendered plusweightage as admissible. With effectfrom January 1, 1996, the serviceelement subject to a minimum ofRs.1275/- p.m. is admissible. Thereis no condition of minimum qualifyingservice for earning this element.

(ii) Disability element - The rates ofdisability element for 100 % disabilityfor various ranks admissible w.e.f.January 1, 1996 are as under:-

Commissioned Officers Rs.2600/- per month

Junior Commissioned Rs.1900/- per monthOfficers (JCOs) &equivalents

Other Ranks Rs.1550/- per month

(iii) Broad banding of disability- In caseof invalidment on or after January 1,1996, the extent of disability orfunctional incapacity is determinedas under for the purpose ofcomputing disability element :-

Disability less than 50% - 50%

Between 50 and 75% - 75%

Between 76 and 100% - 100%

Where permanent disability is not less than60%, the disability pension(service elementplus disability element) is payable at notless than 60% of the reckonableemoluments last drawn by the individual.

(b) In case of Retention of PersonnelDespite Disability

Where an individual is retained in service

despite disability and retires/is dischargedon attaining the age of retirement or oncompletion of tenure, w.e.f. January 1, 1996he / she is entitled to disability element atthe following rates (for 100 % disability) :-

Commissioned Officers Rs.2600/- per month

JCOs & equivalents Rs.1900/- per month

Other Ranks Rs.1550/- per month

l For disabilities less than 100% but notless than 20%, the above rates areproportionately reduced. No disabilityelement for less than 20% disability isadmissible.

l Retiring/service pension or retiring/service gratuity as admissible is alsopayable in addition to the disabilityelement from the date of retirement/discharge.

On the basis of the recommendations of the5th Central Pay Commission, the procedureregarding acceptance of attributabilitypertaining to disability and special familypension and assessment of degree ofdisability has undergone change. As per therevised instructions the procedure ofperiodical reviews by Re-Survey MedicalBoard for re-assessment and continuance ofdisability pension has also been dispensedwith. In injury cases, the percentage ofdisability as recommended by Invaliding/Release medical board and as approved bythe next higher medical authority is treatedas final unless the individual himselfrequests for a review. Likewise in cases ofdiseases of permanent nature, the

assessment of degree of disability asrecommended by Invaliding Medical Board(IMB)/ Release Medical Board (RMB) andas adjudicated by Medical Adviser(Pensions) [MA(P)] in case of PBOR andService Headquarters in respect of Officersis treated as final unless the individualhimself requests for a review. In case ofdisabilities which are not of a permanentnature, there will be only one review whichwill be final and for life unless the individualhimself asks for a review.

(c) Lumpsum compensation in lieu ofdisability element : If an individual isfound to have a disability which is assessedat 20% or more for life but is retained inservice despite such disability, he/she ispaid a compensation in lump sum (in lieuof disability element) equal to thecapitalised value of disability element onthe basis of disability actually assessed. Incases of casualties occurring on or afterJanuary 1, 1996 the rates for disabilityelement effective from January 1, 1996 areapplicable for calculating the capitalisedvalue. Once a compensation has been paidin lieu of the disability element, there is nofurther entitlement to the disability elementfor the same disability.

WAR INJURY PENSION

11.28 War Injury Pension is sanctioned to anindividual, who sustains injury/disability inwar or war like operations(Category E) andare invalided out of service. War InjuryPension consists of service element and warinjury element. Service element is calculatedequal to retiring/service pension to which

101

105

he/she would have been entitled on the basisof his/her pay on the date of invalidment butcounting service upto the date on which he/she would have retired in that rank in normalcourse including weightage as admissible.War Injury Element is payable equal toreckonable emoluments last drawn for 100%disablement. However, in no case, theaggregate of service element and war injuryelement will exceed last pay drawn.Pursuant to the implementation of therecommendations of the 5th Central PayCommission relating to disability pension/liberalised pension/war injury pension etc.the rates of disability element in respect ofwar injury are taken as double the amountas mentioned above at para 11.27(a) (ii). Theextent of disability or functional incapacityfor the purpose of computing war injuryelement in the cases of invalidment isdetermined as in para 11.27(a) (iii).

11.29 With effect from January 1, 1996, Armed ForcesPersonnel sustaining disability due to acts ofviolence/attack by terrorists, anti socialelements , bomb blasts in public places ortransport, indiscriminate shooting incidents etc.(Category-D) are entitled to the samepensionary benefits (i.e. service element andretirement gratuity) as admissible to war injurycases on invalidment/retirement/dischargeincluding lumpsum compensation in lieu ofdisability, as mentioned above, except that oninvalidment they would be entitled to disabilityelement instead of war injury element.

FAMILY PENSION

11.30 ORDINARY FAMILY PENSION:Families of Armed Forces Personnel who

die during service or after retirement withpension, are granted family pension at auniform rate of 30% of the reckonableemoluments. The amount of minimumfamily pension, which, earlier was Rs.375/-per month, has been raised to Rs.1275/-per month, with effect from January 1,1996 on the basis of the recommendationof the 5th Central Pay Commission. As perorders issued with regard to modifiedparity, past family pensioners are entitledto get at least 30 % of the minimum ofrevised pay scale which came into forcew.e.f. January 1, 1996 for the rank andgroup, last held by the pensioners/deceased individuals. If the deceasedpersonnel had rendered 7 years or moreservice, the family is given family pensionat enhanced rate for the first 7 years orupto the time, the deceased would havereached the age of 67 years, whichever isearlier. The amount of enhanced familypension will, however, not be more than50% of the emoluments or the retiringpension, if the death takes place afterretirement but before 67 years of age.

11.31 With effect from January 1, 1996 OrdinaryFamily Pension is admissible also to (i) theparents who were wholly dependent on theArmed Forces Personnel when he/she wasalive, provided the deceased had leftbehind neither a widow nor a child and(ii)widowed/divorced daughter till sheattains the age of 25 years or upto the dateof her remarriage whichever is earlier. Theincome criteria, in respect of parents andwidowed /divorced daughter, is that theirearning is not more than Rs. 2550/- per

month. Pensionary benefits to the eligibleNext of Kin (NoKs), as defined above weremade applicable from January 1, 1998 andas such, all past cases are also to beconsidered on merits for grant of familypension from January 1, 1998.

11.32 With effect from July 27, 2001, familypension admissible under the EmployeesPension Scheme, 1995 and the FamilyPension Scheme, 1971 has been allowedin addition to the family pensionadmissible to the Armed Forces Personnelunder the relevant Pension Regulation.

SPECIAL FAMILY PENSION

11.33 If the death of a service personnel has occurredon account of causes attributable to oraggravated by Service (Categories B and C) ,the family is paid Special Family Pension.There is no condition of minimum service onthe date of death for grant of Special FamilyPension. In the case of Commissioned Officers,Special Family Pension is payable to thewidow. The families of Short ServiceCommissioned Officers and EmergencyCommissioned Officers are also entitled toSpecial Family Pension. In the case of PBORsthe rules provide for nominating anyone fromthe eligible members of the family (exceptdependant brothers/sisters) for the first lifeaward and for transfer of the same in full tothe widow regardless of her financial positionin the event of death of parents where theywere nominated as original awardees.

11.34 With effect from January 1, 1996, SpecialFamily Pension is calculated at the uniformrate of 60% of reckonable emoluments

102

106

drawn by the deceased, subject to aminimum of Rs.2,550/-p.m. irrespective ofwhether widow has children or not. Thereis no maximum ceiling on Special FamilyPension. In case the children becomebeneficiary, the Special Family Pension ispayable at the same rate to the senior mosteligible child till he/she attains the age of25 years or upto the date of his/hermarriage whichever is earlier. Thereafter,Special Family Pension passes on to thenext eligible child. Widowed/divorceddaughters upto the age of 25 years ormarriage whichever is earlier are alsoeligible for the purpose of Special FamilyPension. In case the eligible child isphysically or mentally handicapped andunable to earn a livelihood, Special FamilyPension is admissible for life. In the absenceof wife and children, dependent pensionat the prescribed rates is admissible to theparents of the deceased. Widows who gotremarried on or after January 1, 1996 arealso eligible for Special Family Pensionsubject to certain conditions.

LIBERALISED FAMILY PENSION

11.35 In the event of death of Armed ForcesPersonnel [including Short ServiceCommissioned Officers (SSCOs) &Emergency Commissioned Officers (ECOs)]in war or war like operations, counterinsurgency operations or in an encounterwith or in an incident involving armedhostilities, terrorists/extremists, anti-socialelements etc.(Categories D and E), theirfamilies are granted liberalised familypension equal to the reckonable emoluments

last drawn by the deceased personnel at thetime of their death. Pension at this rate ispayable to the widow in the case of officersand to the nominated heir in the case of PBORuntil death or disqualification. If thepersonnel is not survived by widow but issurvived by child/children only, all childrentogether are eligible to Liberalised FamilyPension (LFP) at the rate equal to 60%reckonable emoluments last drawn by thedeceased. Liberalised Family Pension ispayable to the senior most eligible child tillhe/she attains the age of 25 years or uptothe date of his/her marriage whichever isearlier and thereafter the LFP passes on tothe next eligible child. Widowed/divorceddaughters upto the age of 25 years ormarriage whichever is earlier are also eligiblefor the purpose of LFP. In case the eligiblechild is physically or mentally handicappedand unable to earn a livelihood, LFP isadmissible for life. No children allowance ispayable in addition to Liberalised pension.

11.36 On re-marriage of widow, both in the case ofCommissioned Officers as also in the case of

(a) Death occurring due to accidents in the course Rs.5.00 Lakhs.of performance of duties

(b) Death occurring in the course of performance of duties attributable Rs.5.00 Lakhsto acts of violence by terrorists, anti-social elements etc.

(c) Death occurring during (i) border skirmishes and (ii) action Rs.7.50 Lakhsagainst militants, terrorists, extremists etc.

(d) Death occurring during enemy action in international war or such (i) Rs. 7.50 Lakhslike engagements which are specifically notified by the Government. w.e.f. August 1, 1997

(ii) Rs 10.00 Lakhs w.e.f. May 1,1999

PBOR in whose case LFP is sanctioned as firstlife award to widow, full liberalised familypension would continue to the widow if shecontinues to support children after re-marriage or has no children. If however, thewidow does not support the children afterre-marriage, Special Family Pension at therate of 60% will pass on to the children andOrdinary Family Pension at the rate of 30%to widow. In the absence of wife and children,dependent pension (Liberalised) at theprescribed rates is admissible to the parentsof the deceased without reference to theirpecuniary circumstances.

EX-GRATIA AWARD IN THE EVENTOF DEATH WHILE PERFORMING

MILITARY DUTY

11.37 In pursuance of the recommendations ofthe 5th Central Pay Commission, in additionto Special Family Pension/ LiberalisedFamily Pension, Ex-gratia payment isgranted to the family of a deceased servicepersonnel in the event of death occurringon or after August 1, 1997 as under:-

103

107

REVISION OF DISABILITY PENSION /SPECIAL FAMILY PENSION/

LIBERALISED FAMILY PENSION/WARINJURY PENSION ETC. IN RESPECT OF

PRE 1996 ARMED FORCESPENSIONERS

11.38 The necessary orders for regulation/consolidation w.e.f. January 1, 1996 ofpension/family pension of all pre January1, 1996 pensioners/family pensioners wereissued. Further, in pursuance of the5th Central Pay Commission’srecommendations relating to modifiedparity in pension, on the basis of ordersissued in respect of civilians by the nodaldepartment i.e., Department of Pensionand Pensioners Welfare, necessary ordershave been issued by the Government forrevision of Disability Pension/SpecialFamily Pension/Liberalized FamilyPension/ War Injury Pension etc. in respectof pre – January 1, 1996 Armed ForcesPensioners. While for the widow who werein receipt of Liberalized Family Pension(LFP), irrespective of the date of award, theconsolidated pension shall be not less thanthe reckonable emoluments calculated onthe minimum pay in the revised scale ofpay introduced w.e.f. January 1, 1996 of the

rank, rank and group (in the case of PBORs)held by the deceased personnel at the timeof death, for the special family pensioners,the consolidated pension shall not be lessthan 60 % of the minimum pay in therevised scale of pay introduced w.e.f.January 1, 1996 of the rank, rank and group(in case of PBORs) held by the deceasedpersonnel at the time of death, subject to aminimum of Rs. 2550/-p.m. The rates ofDisability Pension, War Injury Pension(except invalidment cases), ConstantAttendant Allowance as applicable to postJanuary 1, 1996 pensioners have also beenextended to pre January 1, 1996 pensionersin receipt of Disability Pension, War InjuryPension, Constant Attendant Allowance,etc. w.e.f. January 1, 1996.

DELEGATION OF POWERS TOSERVICE HEADQUARTERS

11.39 Government has delegated administrativepowers to Service Headquarters w.e.f.14.8.2001 on certain pension matters mainlyregarding division of family pension, initialaward of special family pension/ex-gratia/disability pension in respect of officers, firstappeal cases, time bar sanction for filingappeals beyond 12 months, grant of

pension in dismissal from service cases,implementation of judgements deliveredby various courts, etc.

11.40 The number of Defence Pensioners isestimated to be about 20.45 lakh.Approximately, 55,000 service personnelretire every year. Pension to DefencePensioners is disbursed through 35,000branches of Public Sector Banks, 600Treasuries, 62 Defence Pension DisbursingOffices and 5 PAOs, scattered all over India.The annual expenditure on Defence pensions,during last six years, has been as follows:-

Year Pension Disbursed(Rs. Crore)

1997-98 4947.42

1998-99 7270.28

1999-2000 11024.65

2000-2001 10538.93

2001-2002 10487.92

2002-2003 (RE) 10092.07

2003-04 (BE) 11000.00

104

12COOPERATION BETWEEN THE ARMED FORCES

AND CIVIL AUTHORITIES

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

Flood in Assam — Rescue Operations by Army in Morigaon District

12.1 Besides ensuring inviolability of theborders of our country, the Armed Forcesare also mandated to assist the civilauthorities for maintenance of law andorder and/ or essential services as well asfor rescue and relief operations duringnatural calamities. Besides providingactual relief, the Armed Forces continue tomaintain regular liaison with the civilauthorities to refine contingency planningand ensure timely response. The details ofassistance provided by the Armed Forcesduring the period are outlined in thesucceeding paragraphs.

ARMY

MAINTENANCE OF LAW AND ORDER

12.2 Operation AMAN (Gujarat) : Consequentto the torching of Sabarmati Express atGodhra on February 27, 2002, the situationin the towns of Ahmedabad, Vadodara,Godhra and Rajkot became very tense.Most of these cities were put under curfew.Army aid was requisitioned on February28, 2002. Accordingly, one InfantryDivision of troops were airlifted from theiroperational location to Gujarat formaintenance of law and order under codename ‘Operation AMAN’.

MILITARY CIVIC ACTIONPROGRAMME

12.3 Operation SADBHAVANA : The aim ofundertaking Operation Sadbhavana inJammu & Kashmir by the Army is to easethe feeling of disaffection which may occuramongst the local inhabitants as a

consequence of Army’s counter proxy waroperations which sometimes inadvertentlylead to collateral damage to life andproperty involving civilians. This alsohelps in starting and sustainingdevelopment activities in remote andinaccessible areas where the civiladministration is unable to operate becauseof the prevailing security/proxy warsituation. A number of Engineer units inEastern and Northern Command wereemployed in aid to civil authority underOperation Sadhbhavana. Some of theimportant tasks carried out by the EngineerRegiments include:-

(a) Construction/up-gradations ofschools.

(b) Setting up of water supply schemes/establishment of water points.

(c) Provision of electricity to villages.

(d) Establishment of computer trainingschools.

(e) Construction of footbridges.

(f) Setting up of fair price shops,Subscriber Trunk Dialing booths andlibraries.

12.4 Military Civic Action Projects in theNorth East : An important ingredient ofthe Army’s counter insurgency strategy hasbeen to win the hearts and minds of thelocal populace, to wean them away fromthe terrorists and assist the civiladministration in ensuring that the fruitsof development reach the grassroots. Theseefforts of the Army have been widelyappreciated. Some of the major civic

action programmes undertaken by theArmy are as under: -

(a) Renovation of school buildings.

(b) Establishment of computer trainingcentres and science laboratories.

(c) Excursion for school children toplaces of historical importance inIndia.

(d) Organising adventure sports for thelocals.

(e) Construction of ancillaries.

(f) Implementing drinking waterschemes.

(g) Construction of bridges.

(h) Employment generating schemessuch as apprentice cadres, vocationaltraining, handloom & weaving andestablishment of piggery.

(i) Organising medical camps in remoteareas, running nursing courses forwomen and distributing medicines.

(j) Organising veterinary camps inremote areas.

(k) Organising pre-recruitment trainingfor the youth.

RELIEF AND RESCUE OPERATIONS

12.5 Floods in Bihar : Perennial floods indifferent parts of Bihar cause havoc anddestruction of life and material every year.In July –August, 2002, Army providedprompt assistance in Madhubani,Gopalganj, Samastipur, Darbhanga andKhagaria districts of Bihar for flood relief.

106

110

Five Army columns were deployed inrescue and relief operations from July 25to August 18, 2002. 3980 maroonedcivilians were evacuated, 6716 personswere provided medical aid, besides 837quintals of ration and 46463 food packetswere distributed.

12.6 Floods in Assam : Incessant rains causedfloods in Assam ravaging Morigaon,Dhubri, Kamrup and Goalpara districts.Five Army columns were deployed fromJuly 23 to August 15, 2002. 139 quintals ofration and 1000 food packets weredistributed and 2530 personnel wereprovided medical aid.

12.7 Floods in Manipur : Due to incessant rainsin Manipur in August 2002, Army assistancewas requisitioned in Lilong and Nahrupareas of Imphal district, which were badlyaffected. Troops of 17 Assam Rifles carriedout rescue and relief operations from August14 – 20, 2002. A large number of affectedpersons were evacuated to safer places, foodpackets and medical items were distributedand costly stores/documents were alsoshifted to safer places.

OTHER TYPES OF ASSISTANCE

12.8 Apart from assistance mentioned above,the Army also provided aid on variousother occasions. Highlights of suchassistance are enumerated below:-

(a) Train Accident in Bihar :Consequent to the New Delhi -Rajdhani Express getting derailed ona bridge near Rafiganj RailwayStation on September 9, 2002, Army

assistance was requested by DistrictMagistrate Gaya. Two Armycolumns with five medical teamscommenced rescue and reliefoperations. A total of 70 passengerswere rescued and 50 injured personswere provided first aid. Besides theabove, 113 recruits of Army ServiceCorps Centre (North) Gaya were alsokept ready for blood donation for anemergent situation.

(b) Miscellaneous Tasks : Other tasks onwhich the Army engineers have beenemployed in aid to civil authoritiesinclude maintenance of essentialservices during the strike by UPSEB,Obra and Anpara thermal powerstation in Sonbhadra District,Mumbai Port Trust, and WaterSupply Staff at Chandigarh.

NAVY

12.9 Disaster Management Capsule Course: Acapsule course on Disaster Managementwas conducted by the Nuclear Biologicaland Chemical Damage Control School fromApril 29 to May 1, 2002. A total of 19participants representing variousorganisations underwent the course. Thecourse included introduction to disastermanagement, various types of hazards,civil defence in nuclear aftermath,structural protection in heat, blast andradiation, decontamination, developmentand damage assessment, disasterpreparation and mitigation vulnerabilityand risk assessment.

12.10 Medical Camp at Lonavala: A medical

camp was set up at Lonavala wherespecialists of Naval Hospital Kasturiexamined 450 patients of all age groups.Health camps were also conducted by INSRajali and Chilka in surrounding villagesto provide free medical assistance to theresidents.

12.11 Rescue of Capsized Boat: Consequent toa request received from the Orissa StateAdministration on August 31, 2002 to assistin the rescue operation of a capsized boatin river Balatarini near Jajpur town with60-70 people onboard, the Naval Base atChilka provided immediate assistance tothe civil authorities. The Naval divers wereable to recover seven bodies of deceasedpassengers.

12.12 Assistance to Civil Authorities: INSShivaji located at Lonavala provided firefighting assistance to civil administrationon four occasions from March 2002 to May2002. The unit provided invaluableassistance for evacuation of civiliancasualities who had fallen off from a cliffin Khandala on September 22, 2002. Onehelicopter belonging to Raymond companycrashed in undulating forest terrain off PethShahpur. A rescue team from INS Shivajiand Kasturi rendered assistance at the crashsite.

12.13 Apprehending of Pirates: INS Kirpan, acorvette, was on a routine deployment whenshe noticed that MV Albert Ekka was beingboarded unlawfully by pirates who werefleeing from the ship in their fishing boats.All pirates were brought onboard andsubsequently handed over to the civil police.

107

111

12.14 Submarine Museum: With a view tomotivating the youths taking up careerwith the Services, a submarine museum atVisakhapatnam was inaugurated onFebruary 27, 2001 and handed over toAndhra Pradesh State Government(Visakhapatnam Urban DevelopmentAuthority) on August 9, 2002.

AIR FORCE

12.15 Disaster Relief : Indian Air Forceundertook flood relief operations in Biharand Maharashtra. A total of 250 tons ofload and relief material and 137passengers were airlifted from Sarsawa,Delhi and Patna.

12.16 Casualty Evacuation : Casualty evacuationwas undertaken in the northern sector (forAmarnath piligrims) as well as in theeastern sector (for para-military personnel).A total of 572 persons were airlifted. Thisincluded four foreign nationals frominaccessible high mountainous region.

12.17 Miscellaneous : A total of 4664 personnelwere airlifted for election duties inJammu and Kashmir. In addition, a largenumber of media personnel were alsoairlifted to forward areas in J&K. Afterthe Akshardham terrorist incident, 2272personnel and about 75 tons of load were

In Aid Of Civil Power

airlifted to Ahmedabad. IAF providedairlift to 220 NSG personnel from Delhito Bangalore in September 2002. One Mi-26 helicopter successfully lifted a smalljet transport aircraft, which had crash-

landed near Gaggal, Kangra, HP. Theaircraft was under slung from the crashsite to Chandigarh. This operation washighly appreciated by the indentingagency.

108

13NATIONAL CADET CORPS.....................................................................................................................

NCC cadets at Republic Day Parade

13.1 The National Cadet Corps (NCC) has itsgenesis in the ‘University Corps’ whichstarted as far back as in 1917 and hascompleted eighty-five years of its existenceon November 24, 2002. Afterindependence, the NCC in its present formcame into existence in 1948 by an Act ofParliament and hence has completed fifty-four years. The NCC which had a modeststrength of 1.6 lakhs in 1948 now stands atapproximately 13 lakhs. These cadets areenrolled from 6985 schools and 5159colleges spread across the country and arecontrolled by 773 NCC units.

13.2 The motto of NCC is “Unity & Discipline”- unity of the nation and self-discipline.The other important concept that the NCCstrives to develop amongst the cadets isselfless service to the Nation.

13.3 The NCC strives to provide the youthopportunities to develop in an all-roundfashion with a sense of commitment,dedication, selfless service, adventure andmoral values under one umbrella. Themost important aspect of the NCC is thatthe opportunities are provided to youngpeople across the country from all strataand large numbers are given a chance toattend various activities.

TRAINING OF CADETS

13.4 Training Camps : Camp training is animportant part of NCC curricula. Thecamps help in developing camaraderie,teamwork, dignity of labour, self-confidence and the most important aspectsof Unity and Discipline. The various typesof camps conducted are as listed below :-

(a) Annual Training Camps (ATC) : 678camps were organised and 3,26,475cadets attended during the first halfof the training year 2002-2003.

(b) National Integration Camp :Approximately 69 NationalIntegration Camps (NIC) werescheduled with a total participationof 50,000 cadets. The Hon’ble RakshaMantri directed that these camps beconducted in remote areas as aspecial feature to inculcate Unity andNationalism in the remote areas ofthe country. As per these directions,three National Integration Campswere conducted at Leh, one each yearwith effect from 1999. In addition,special NICs were scheduled/conducted at the following places:-

(i) NIC Ahmedabad : A specialNIC was conducted atAhmedabad from June 17 to 28,2002 with the aim of providinga healing touch to the tensesituation that prevailed inGujarat after communal riots.A total of 550 cadets from allparts of the country participatedin this NIC.

(ii) NIC Srinagar : After a gap ofseveral years, a national levelcamp was conducted in thevalley from August 01 to 12,2002. Hon’ble Raksha Mantri,Raksha Rajya Mantri and ChiefMinister J&K visited the campand interacted with the cadets.

(iii) NIC Missamari : A specialNIC in the North East wasconducted at Missamari(Assam) from November 15 to27, 2002 with the participationof 200 cadets from the NorthEast Region and 600 cadetsfrom the rest of India.

(iv) NIC Nagrota (Jammu) : Aspecial NIC was held atNagrota (Jammu) fromNovember 17 to 28, 2002. 400Cadets from all over Indiaparticipated in the camp.

(v) NIC Port Blair : A special NICwas held at Port Blair in theAndaman & Nicobar Islandsfrom February 17 to 28, 2003with the participation of 130cadets including 80 cadets fromthe mainland.

(c) Vayu Sainik Camp (VSC) : Once ina year the Vayu Sainik Camp isorganised for a period of 12 days. 419Senior Division (SD) cadets and 180Senior Wing (SW) cadets attended thecamp at AF station Jalahalli(Bangalore) from October 21 toNovember 01, 2002 this year.

(d) Nau Sainik Camp (NSC) : This isalso organised once a year for 12days. 400 Senior Division cadets and160 Senior Wing cadets attended thecamp. It was conducted atVishakhapatnam from November 08to 19, 2002.

(e) Centrally Organised Camps : 6,982

110

114

cadets attend the CentrallyOrganised Camps every year.

(f) All India Thal Sainik Camp forBoys : The camp attended by 640cadets was conducted at New Delhifrom September 17 to 28, 2002.

(g) All India Thal Sainik Camp forGirls : The camp was conducted atNew Delhi from September 30 toOctober 11, 2002 in which 640 cadetsparticipated.

(h) Republic Day Camp – 2003 :Republic Day Camp – 2003 wasconducted from January 01 to 29,2003 at Delhi. The Camp wasattended by 1800 cadets from all overIndia. Inter-directorate competitionsconnected with institutional training,cultural competitions and nationalintegration awareness presentationsare conducted during the month longCamp. A host of dignitaries visitedthe Camp to witness the activitiesand to encourage the cadets. TheCamp was inaugurated by the Vice-President of India on January 08,2003. As a regular feature, the PrimeMinister Rally was held on January27, 2003 during the Camp. The Campculminated with tea for selectedcadets at the Rashtrapati Bhavan.

13.5 Attachment Training : NCC cadets are senton brief attachment with various ServiceUnits/ships for ‘on ground familiarization’.Attachment training conducted this yearare as follows: -

(a) 1,000 girl cadets were attached withvarious Military Hospitals this year.

(b) 121 cadets were attached to IndianMilitary Academy, Dehradun and 34girls with Officers Training Academy,Chennai for two weeks .

(c) 38 SD cadets and 12 SW cadets wereattached with Air Force Academy inDundigal (AP) from October 18 to30, 2002.

(d) 25 cadets were attached with NavalAcademy in Goa in January, 2002.

(e) 90 cadets were attached to WesternNaval Command and 60 withSouthern Naval Command ships for20 days during May/June, 2002.

(f) 125 cadets from Tamil NaduDirectorate were attached with INSShivaji for eight days and with NavalDockyard Vizag for four days inMay-June, 2002.

(g) 96 cadets were attached with INSChilka for NCC Regatta in January,2002.

13.6 Gliding & Microlite Flying : Glidingfacilities are provided at 34 Air Sqns. TheNCC Air Sqns carried out 3883 launchesand 285 hours of Microlite flying duringthe first half of the year. 39 Zen Air and06 ‘X’ Air Microlite aircraft have beeninducted into NCC to enhance the overallaviation awareness of the Air WingCadets.

13.7 Sea Training : In addition to sea training,the Navy takes 16 cadets on their shipscalling on foreign ports. The Coast Guardalso takes 12 cadets on foreign cruise and12 cadets for Sea sortie of one week

duration off Kochi every year. In addition,65 cadets are attached with Ships of EasternNaval Command and 80 cadets with shipsof Western Naval Command for seven toten days every year.

13.8 Adventure Training : Adventure activitiesare organised to develop special qualitiesof courage, leadership, teamwork, spirit ofadventure and sportsmanship among thecadets.

(a) Mountaineering Courses : 178vacancies for Basic and Advancemountaineering courses were allottedfor cadets during the current year.

(b) Adventure Courses : Every year, theNCC sponsors cadets of JuniorDivision/Wing at HimalayanMountaineering Institute, Darjeelingand Nehru Institute ofMountaineering, Uttarkashi foradventure courses for 53 boy and 30girl cadets and necessary vacancieswere allotted for both boys and girls.

(c) Mountaineering Expeditions :Every year one boys’ and one girls’expedition, containing 20 cadets each,are undertaken. Boys scaledBandarpunch Peak (21851 ft) andgirls Rudugaira Peak (19091 ft) thisyear. So far the record by girlsexpedition is climbing a height of23,360 ft, which is 1,015 ft higher thanwhat the boys ever climbed.

(d) Cycle and Motor Cycle Expeditions:These were organised both at thenational and state levels.

111

115

(e) Trekking Expeditions : A total of10 All India Treks (7 for boy and 3for girl cadets) are conducted everyyear with 1,000 cadets per trek.

(f) Para Sailing : 546 Para sails have beensanctioned by the Government to beissued at the scale of one para-sail perGroup HQ per year for six years witheffect from 1999 onwards. Regularlaunches are organised by theDirectorates. 8348 cadets were trainedin parasailing upto June, 2002.

(g) Para Jump : Every year 20 boy and20 girl cadets are trained at ParaTraining School, Agra. The Coursewas conducted from November 05 to24, 2002.

(h) Slithering : 10 Senior Division and10 Senior Wing cadets were trainedin slithering from helicopters.

(i) Scuba Diving : 35 cadets fromMaharashtra/Andhra PradeshDirectorate underwent scuba divingtraining and also participated incompetitions. In addition 10 cadetsfrom Kerala Directorate did scuba atLakshadweep Island.

(j) Desert Camel Safari : Desert CamelSafari, involving 20 NCC cadets andfive cadets from Vietnam, wasconducted from November 08 to 18,2002 at Jaisalmer, Rajasthan.

13.9 The following cruises were undertaken:-

(a) Coast Guard Cruise : Six Naval SDcadets from Kochi to Seychelles andback ( October 01 to 17, 2002) .

(b) Naval Cruise : Eight Naval SDcadets from Kochi to Kuwait, Baharin& back (October 06 to 31, 2002).

YOUTH EXCHANGE PROGRAMME

13.10 NCC has a Youth Exchange Programme onreciprocal basis with UK, Singapore, Nepal,Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, Bhutan,Russia and on non-reciprocal basis withMaldives and Trinidad & Tobago. Over 130cadets are exposed to these programmes.For the first time, this year our cadetstravelled to Russia and Vietnam under theYouth Exchange Programme. Efforts are onto include more friendly countries.

13.11 The following visits are scheduled/wereundertaken during the year as part ofYouth Exchange Programme :-

(a) visit by DGNCC and AddlDGNCC (A) to Russia from June 25to 29, 2002 to finalise the modalitiesof starting a Youth ExchangeProgramme with Russia;

(b) visit of one officer and four cadetseach of Air Wing and Naval Wing toSingapore from June 01 to 15, 2002;

(c) visit of one officer and twelve cadetsto UK from July 16 to 31, 2002;

(d) visit of one officer and twenty cadetsto Vietnam from September 03 to22, 2002;

(e) visit of two officers and ten cadets toRussia from September 23 to October02, 2002 for the first time;

(f) visit of two cadets to Sri Lanka fromOctober 14 to 22, 2002;

(g) visit of two officers and twelve cadetsto Bhutan during November, 2002;

(h) visit of two officers and eight cadetsto Singapore to participate in CampPinnacle during December, 2002;

(i) visit of one officer and two cadets toNepal in February, 2003 to participatein Nepalese NCC Camp and ArmyDay Parade; and

(j) visit of one officer and twelve cadetsto Bangladesh in March, 2003.

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

13.12 The purpose of organising these activitiesis to make our young people conscious andsensitive to the needs of their fellowcountrymen as also to contributemeaningfully to the enrichment ofcommunity life. This important aspect hasbeen periodically reviewed to incorporatethe changing requirements of society. Inthis sphere, apart from traditional blooddonation, tree plantation, anti-dowrypledge and anti polio drives, NCC hasincluded AIDS awareness programmes,anti corruption and vigilance awarenessand anti leprosy drives in right earnest.Moreover, newer methods like cycleexpeditions having different sectors oftravel and conveying different messagesand themes have been introduced. Alwaysat the forefront, the contribution of NCCcadets in providing relief such as in theGujarat earthquake, the Orissa cyclone, theGujarat communal violence and in the railaccident in Bihar has been appreciated byall. As part of a cadet’s growth process, the

112

116

NCC takes up a large number ofcommunity development programmes asfollows:-

(a) Blood Donation : 1,65,693 cadetshave donated 1,97,41,242 c.c. of bloodso far this year;

(b) Tree Plantation : 8,52,680 saplingshave been planted this year, out ofwhich 8,01,454 have survived;

(c) Adult Education : 31,28,442 cadetsparticipated in this campaignwherein 4,45,716 adults wereeducated;

(d) AIDS Awareness Programme : TheNCC has taken up the AIDSAwareness Programme in a big wayin conjunction with the UNAIDS,NACO and DGAFMS;

(e) Anti Corruption & AwarenessCampaign; and

(f) Other Programmes : Besides theabove, 3,87,196 cadets participated in

anti-leprosy and anti-dowrycampaigns and pledged to donateeyes. Cadets also visit CheshireHomes regularly.

PERSONNEL

13.13 Operation Parakram : 449 Army officersand 32 Air officers posted in various unitsof NCC were moved on attachment (OPParakram). NCC contributed a major partof officers’ strength for augmentation in OPParakram.

13.14 Whole Time Lady Officers (WTLOs) :Whole Time Lady Officers in the rank ofLieutenant were appointed in the NCCafter a gap of 17 years. Total of 19 WTLOscommenced pre-commission training of sixmonths in NCC Officers Training Academy,Gwalior on July 22, 2002.

LOGISTICS

13.15 New .22 Rifles have been imported toimprove the shooting skills of cadets.More Microlite Aircraft are beinginducted for providing air experienceand induction of motorized gliders isunder consideration. Equipment forWhite Water Rafting and surfing boardsare being inducted to give boost to waterborne activities.

SPORTS

13.16 NCC cadets participated in the followingactivities conducted at the national level: -

(a) All India GV Mavlankar ShootingChampionship : The 12th AllIndia GV Mavlankar Shooting

Championship was conducted atCoimbatore in Tamil Nadu fromAugust 24 to September 08, 2002.NCC team won three silver and oneBronze in various events in thiscompetition.

(b) Subroto Cup : North East Regionteam participated in the Sub Juniorevent of Subroto Cup held fromNovember 20 to December 18, 2002.

(c) Jawahar Lal Nehru HockeyTournament : Three teams fromNCC participated for the first time inthe Tournament which were heldfrom October 11 to November 01,2002. The girls’ team fromKarnataka reached the quarter finals.The Karnataka boys team emerged asrunners-up in this tournament.

(d) National Shooting Championship :Five cadets of NCC participated inNational Shooting Championshipheld at Bangalore from November 11to 22, 2002.

(e) Commonwealth Games : AnjaliVedpathak, an ex-cadet, who pickedup shooting in the NCC, has done theNation proud by winning four goldmedals in the CommonwealthGames.

CADET WELFARE SOCIETY

13.17 The Cadet Welfare Society was establishedin 1985 with a view to provide financialrelief or assistance to cadets. Subsequently,aims of the Society were enlarged toprovide for the institution of such other

Assistance by NCC Cadets in Relief Oprations

113

117

schemes as are beneficial to cadets. TheSociety gives financial assistance/relief toNCC cadets who either sustain injury ordeath during NCC activities.

13.18 Besides above, the Society gives 500scholarships of Rs.5,000/- each to cadets

who excel in studies. It also gives awardsto one best and one second best cadet ineach category i.e. SD/SW/JD/JW pergroup amounting to Rs.3,000/- andRs.2,000/- respectively. It now caters forsports & adventure activities also whichcannot be funded from Public Funds.

Raksha Mantri at NCC Day Celebrations

13.19. The National Cadet Corps has come a longway from its modest beginning in 1948 asis evident from the achievements of 2002.Today the National Cadet Corps, armedwith the motto of “Unity and Discipline”,is steadily marching forward to “groomtomorrow’s leaders”.

114

14GENERAL.............................................

Dare Devils Team at Republic Day Parade

14.1 The Ministry of Defence encourages andpromotes both academic and adventureactivities through autonomous institutionswhich are provided regular financialassistance. These institutions are :-

(i) The Institute for Defence Studies andAnalyses, New Delhi;

(ii) Mountaineering Institutes atDarjeeling and Uttarkashi; and

(iii) The Jawahar Institute ofMountaineering and Winter Sports(JIM) at Aru, Kashmir

14.2 The important activities of theseinstitutions during the period under revieware enumerated in the succeedingparagraphs.

INSTITUTE FOR DEFENCE STUDIESAND ANALYSES (IDSA)

14.3 The Institute for Defence Studies andAnalyses was established in November,1965 to initiate studies and research onproblems of national security and theimpact of defence measures on economic,political and social developments. Over theyears, the Institute has evolved as a premierresearch institution, carrying out policy-related authoritative studies on nationaland international security issues. Theinstitute is a registered body under theRegistration of Societies Act III of 1860(Punjab Amendment Act, 1957) asamended from time to time and isgoverned by an Executive Council electedby the members of the Institute. TheInstitute is accessible to political leaders,research scholars, the media, civil and

defence service officers and others whohave an interest in problems of nationalsecurity.

14.4 Activities : The 4th annual Asian Securityconference on the theme “Asian SecurityStrategies in an Era of Uncertainty” washeld in March 2002. This followed theearlier three in the series and like them wasattended by foreign participants composedof policy makers and opinion shapers fromAsian countries and major powers. Theinternational participation was of a highlevel and encouraging. The 5th AsianSecurity Conference was held in New Delhiin January 2003. The theme for theConference was “Asian Security and Chinain 2000-2010”. The Conference wasattended by scholars from 35 countries and45 papers were presented.

14.5 Starting January, 2002, the Institute’sjournal ‘Strategic Analysis’ has become aquarterly issue. Besides this, IDSA alsobrings out the ‘Strategic Digest’ which is amonthly compendium of information fromopen sources which focuses on weapons ofmass destruction issues, military doctrines,arms transfers and related technologydevelopments. It also includes importantspeeches, declarations and agreements.

14.6 During the year, the Institute organized anumber of Round Table Discussions withvisiting scholars, diplomats and foreigndelegations/teams.

14.7 Training Programmes : Besides researchactivity, the Institute also conducts trainingprogrammes and imparts training toGovernment officers from the Indian

Administrative Service, Indian ForeignService, the Armed Forces and the Para-Military Forces. Faculty members wereinvited as guest speakers at varioustraining establishments and Universitiesaround the country.

14.8 Research Orientation : On the basis oftheir research projects and areas of interest,the research faculty has been grouped intoten ‘Clusters’. Some of the importantactivities of the Clusters are to applycollective and focused attention to thesubject/area; attempt joint articles/researchactivities; ensure internal ‘refereeing’ andassistance to other researchers within theCluster; and mentoring of juniorcolleagues. The Clusters meet once everyweek and members of other Clusters arefree to join the proceedings. Currently, theMilitary Cluster’s updates on the ongoingwar on terrorism are attended by most ofthe research faculty.

14.9 Information Resources : The Institute hasan excellent information resource base inthe fields of national security, defencestrategy, international relations, terrorism,conflict and peace studies and relatedareas. The library has a collection of over45,000 books and a number of CD-ROMdatabases in these fields. In addition, anumber of current journals both in printform as well as electronic/online versionsare subscribed to.

14.10 Information Services : In an effort todisseminate the details of articles, newsitems and reports published in the currentjournal received in the library of theInstitute, a monthly current information

116

120

service called “Current Journal Contents”has been started. This monthly bulletinprovides the tables of contents of about 70important journals. This bulletin isdistributed to the researchers and externalmembers of the Institute on request. Copiesof full articles are supplied on request atnominal charges to the external members.This bulletin has been received very wellby the readers.

14.11 Institute’s Website : The Institute maintainsa website at www.idsa-India. org. Variousnew activities, as well as progress on theongoing activities are presented on thewebsite. The complete text of the Institute’sjournal “Strategic Analyses” is alsoavailable on the website. The website wasaccessed by about 40,000 users during theyear.

MOUNTAINEERING INSTITUTES

14.12 The Ministry of Defence administers jointlywith the concerned State Governmentsthree Mountaineering Institutes namelyHimalayan Mountaineering Institute(HMI), Darjeeling in West Bengal, NehruInstitute of Mountaineering (NIM),Uttarkashi in Uttranchal and JawaharInstitute of Mountaineering & WinterSports (JIM), Aru with temporary HQ atBatote in J&K. These Institutes are run asprivate Registered Societies and have beenconferred the status of autonomous bodies.Raksha Mantri is the President of theseInstitutes. The Chief Minister of therespective State is the Vice-President of theInstitute. These Institutes are governed byseparate Executive Councils consisting of

members elected by the General Bodies,nominees from amongst donors and/orpersons who are likely to promote the causeof the Institute and representatives ofCentral and State Governments. Arepresentative each of the Ministry ofDefence and State Government acts asSecretary of the Institute.

14.13 The HMI, Darjeeling was founded inNovember 1954 by the then Prime MinisterPandit Jawaharlal Nehru to commemoratethe historical ascent of Mount Everest byLate Tenzing Norgay along with SirEdmund Hillary on May 29, 1953. Withthe establishment of this Institute, animpetus to mountaineering as a sport wasprovided in India. To give further boost tomountaineering and to inculcate the spiritof adventure in youth, the NIM, Uttarkashiwas set up in October 1965 and the JIM atAru in J&K in October 1983. Due todisturbances in the valley, students werereluctant to come to Aru for training.Accordingly, it was decided to shift theInstitute temporarily to Batote on theJammu side of Banihal in August 1990.However, in view of certain adverse reportsregarding law & order, regular trainingcourses conducted by the Institute weretemporarily suspended from April 1996.The Institute is now conducting somecourses on ad-hoc basis.

14.14 The broad objectives of the MountaineeringInstitutes are:-

(a) to impart theoretical and practicaltraining in mountaineering and rockclimbing techniques;

(b) to awaken interest in and love formountains and exploration; and

(c) to encourage and provide training inWinter Sports

14.15 The Institutes conduct Basic and AdvanceMountaineering Courses, Method ofInstruction Course (MOI), Search & RescueCourse (S&R) and Adventure Courses. Thesyllabi, duration, age limit of participantsand grading system for various types ofcourses are almost uniform at all theInstitutes. During the lean period, theInstitutes detail their Instructors to conductrock-climbing courses at the request ofMountaineering Clubs/Organisationsaround the country. The Instructors alsojoin various expeditions.

14.16 Trainees for these courses come from allparts of the country and include Army, AirForce, Navy, ITBP and BSF Personnel, NCCCadets and private students. Foreigners arealso now permitted to join the courses. TheInstitutes conducted the following coursesduring the year upto December, 2002 :-

Institute Basic Advance Adventure MOI S&R

HMI 05 02 08 01 -

NIM 06 03 03 01 01

JIM 03 02 03 +10* 02 -

* Short Adventure Courses

NIM also conducted a special course forONGC and a course for Liaison Officers forIMF, New Delhi.

14.17 The number of students trained in thesecourses are as under:-

117

121

Institute Basic Advance Adventure MOI S&R

(HMI/NIM)

Men 538 104 357 15 21

Women 125 33 165 09 02

JIM has trained a total number of 1480 boysand 983 girls in various ad hoc trainingcourses conducted by it during the year.

14.18 The Institutes at Darjeeling and Uttarkashihave separate stores of mountaineeringequipment for loan to the IndianMountaineering Expeditions on nominalhire charges.

14.19 The construction of the Museum project atHMI Darjeeling is at an advance stage andis expected to be completed shortly. HMIDarjeeling is planning an expedition toMount Everest from North Ridge (Tibet)side during April – May, 2003 tocommemorate the Golden Jubilee of thefirst successful ascent of Mount Everest in1953. The expedition is being led by thePrincipal of HMI.

CEREMONIALS, HONOURS& AWARDS

14.20 Ministry of Defence organises nationalfunctions like the Republic Day Parade, theBeating Retreat Ceremony, Martyrs’ DayFunction and the IndependenceDay Celebration. Defence InvestitureCeremonies for presentation of Gallantryand Distinguished Service Awards atRashtrapati Bhawan are also organized bythe Ministry in association with thePresident’s Secretariat. The Ceremonial

functions organized during 2002-2003 aredetailed in the following paragraphs.

INDEPENDENCE DAY15TH AUGUST, 2002

14.21 On 15th August, 2002, the Prime Ministerafter inspection of Guard of Honourpresented by the three Services and theDelhi Police, unfurled the National Flag onthe ramparts of the Red Fort, to theaccompaniment of the National Anthemplayed by the Services Band. A 21 gunsalute was also presented on this occasion.This was followed by the Prime Minister’sAddress to the Nation. The function beganwith the choir singing of patriotic songs byschool children in different Indianlanguages and concluded with the singingof the National Anthem by the children andthe NCC Cadets from schools of Delhi andrelease of balloons.

14.22 The following gallantry awards wereannounced on the Independence Day2002:-

Ashoka Chakra 01 (Posthumous)

Kirti Chakra 03 (02 Posthumous)

Shaurya Chakra 33 (10 Posthumous)

Bar to Sena Medal (G) 04

Sena Medal(G) 221 (35 Posthumous)

Nao Sena Medal (G) 07

Vayu Sena Medal (G) 05

Mention-in-Despatches 04

DEFENCE INVESTITURECEREMONIES, 2002

14.23 The Defence Investiture Ceremony – 2002was held at Rashtrapati Bhawan onOctober 29 and November 2, 2002 and thefollowing awards announced on theIndependence Day 2001 and Republic Day– 2002 were presented by the President tothe recipients.

GALLANTRY AWARDS

Kirti Chakra 11 (8 Posthumous)

Vir Chakra 3

Bar to Shaurya Chakra 1

Shaura Chakra 76 (22 Posthumous)

Total 91

DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARDS

Param Vishisht Seva Medal 21

Bar to Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 02

Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 45

Total 68

14.24 Yudh Seva Medal, Bar to Vishisht SevaMedal, Vishisht Seva Medal, Bar to SenaMedal, Sena Medals, Nao Sena Medals andVayu Sena Medals were presented by therespective Chiefs of Staff and SeniorCommanders at separate InvestitureCeremonies.

AMAR JAWAN CEREMONY, 2003

14.25 The Prime Minister placed wreath at theAmar Jawan Memorial, under the arch of

118

122

the India Gate on January 26, 2003 to payHomage to the memory of those whosacrificed their lives in safeguarding thefreedom of the nation.

REPUBLIC DAY PARADE 2003

14.26 In a brief investiture ceremony at Rajpath,the President presented 2 Ashoka ChakraAwards posthumously to the next-of-kins(NOKs) of the martyrs. After theInvestiture Ceremony, the President tookthe salute at the Parade on January 26,2003. His Excellency Mr. SeyedMohammad Khatami, President of IslamicRepublic of Iran was the Chief Guest.Army’s mounted column of 61 cavalry,mechanized columns like T-90, MBT Arjun,Prithvi Missile, Advanced Light HelicopterDhruva etc. and contingents of ParaMilitary Forces, Delhi Police, HomeGuards and NCC were part of the parade.Mi-17 Helicopter with rocket pods andfront guns, Mi-35 Helicopter, Indra-II PCRadar etc., were part of the Air ForceVehicular Columns and Pinaka MBR,Bridge Layer Tank T-72, Brahmos &Agni–I Missiles, UAV Nishant (un-mannedaircraft) were part of DRDO EquipmentColumns. 21 national bravery awardwinning children on elephants, 29 tableauxand 10 cultural items were otherattractions of the parade. The tableaux andthe children’s items reflected the culturaldiversity of the nation and also presenteda glimpse of the progress made by thecountry in different fields. The Motor cycledisplay by Army Signal Corps and ‘Fly-Past’ by Indian Air Force were the grandfinale to the parade.

HONOURS & AWARDS

14.27 The following gallantry and distinguishedservice awards were announced on theRepublic Day, 2003:

Ashoka Chakra 1 (1 Posthumous)

Kirti Chakra 3 ( 1 Posthumous)

Bar to Shaurya Chakra 1

Shaurya Chakra 21 (7 Posthumous)

ParamVishisht Seva Medal 28

Bar to Ati Vishisht SevaMedal 5

Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 42

Yudh Seva Medal 11

Bar to Vishisht Seva Medal 5

Vishisht Seva Medal 118 (1 Posthumous)

Bar to Sena Medal(Gallantry) 5

Sena Medal/Nao SenaMedal/Vayu Sena Medal(Gallantry) 180 (20 Posthumous)

Bar to Sena Medal, NaoSena Medal, Vayu SenaMedal (Devotion to Duty) 3

Sena Medal/Nao SenaMedal/Vayu Sena Medal(Devotion to Duty) 71

BEATING RETREAT CEREMONY, 2003

14.28 The Beating Retreat Ceremony organizedat Vijay Chowk on January 29, 2003

brought the curtain down on theRepublic Day festivities. Bands of thethree Services participated in thisCeremony. The conclusion of theceremony coincided with illumination ofthe Rashtrapati Bhawan, North Block,South Block and Parliament House.

MARTYR’S DAY CEREMONY, 2003

14.29 On January 30, 2003, the Presidentplaced wreath at Mahatma Gandhi’sSamadhi at Rajghat. Floral tributes werealso paid by the Prime Minister and someof his Cabinet Colleagues. This wasfollowed by observance of two minutes’silence at 1100 hours as a mark of respectto the memory of the Father of theNation.

DEFENCE INVESTITURECEREMONIES, 2003

14.30 The Defence Investiture Ceremony-2003was held in Rashtrapati Bhawan on 11th

and 26th March, 2003 when the followingawards announced on the IndependenceDay, 2002 and Republic Day, 2003 werepresented by the President to therecipients.

GALLANTRY AWARDS

Kirti Chakra 6 (3 Posthumous)

Bar to Shaurya Chakra 1

Shaurya Chakra 54 (17 Posthumous)

Total 61

119

123

DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARDS

Param Vishisht Seva Medal 28

Bar to Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 05

Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 42

Total 75

OFFICIAL LANGUAGE DIVISION

14.31 Official Language Division of the Ministryof Defence is the nodal Agency toimplement the Official Language Policy ofthe Government in the Ministry, itsSubordinate Offices, Defence Undertakingsetc. Implementation of orders/ instructionsregarding use of Hindi in official work ismonitored by the Official LanguageDivision through various channels, such asquarterly progress reports, annualevaluation reports, quarterly meetings ofdepartmental Official LanguageImplementation Committees, HindiSalahkar Samities and inspections of theoffices located all over the country. Theother main functions of this Division are :-

(i) to translate the material receivedfrom various offices, divisions andsections of the Ministry;

(ii) to impart training to staff mainly inHindi, Hindi stenography and Hindityping through the Hindi TeachingScheme of the Ministry of HomeAffairs; and

(iii) to propagate and promote the use ofHindi in official work by organizingHindi workshops, seminars,sammelans etc. and by encouraging

various incentive schemes introducedin the Ministry.

14.32 Like previous years, Official LanguageDivision fixed certain targets for itself, suchas the organization of Hindi Workshop,inspection of different sections of theMinistry, nomination of 56 officials fortraining in Hindi, Hindi Stenography andHindi Typing courses; organization of 4meetings each of the two Official LanguageImplementation Committees etc. All thesetargets have been fully achieved. Workrelating to selection of best in-housejournals published by various defenceorganizations during the year for awardingcash prizes etc. is in progress.

14.33 The Official Language Division remainedengaged in translation work throughout theyear. The material received for suchtranslation included general orders,notifications, resolutions, cabinet notes,administrative and other reports,parliament questions etc. Besides, materialrelating to PAC matters, audit paras,Consultative Committee meeting, StandingCommittee, Annual Report, papers to belaid in the Parliament, VIP references,Republic Day, Independence Day and theinvestiture ceremony was also translatedinto Hindi during the year.

14.34 In accordance with the targets fixed forimparting training to the staff in Hindi,Hindi Stenography and Hindi Typing,efforts were made to nominate maximumnumber of officials in these courses. Duringthe year, out of 41 officials nominated forHindi classes, 19 were for Hindi (Prabodh,

Praveen and Pragya), 12 for Hindistenography and 10 for Hindi Typing.

14.35 In order to encourage more and more staffto work in Hindi, two Hindi workshopswere organized till November, 2002, inwhich 33 officials participated. The purposeof these workshops was to motivate theofficials to use Hindi in their official work.For this, the participants were providedpractice exercises in the respective subjectsand were also apprised of the provisionsof the Official Language Act and Rulesmade thereunder to facilitate them to workin Hindi with more confidence. Thesubordinate offices, Inter-ServiceOrganisations and Public SectorUndertakings under the Ministry ofDefence were also advised to organizesuch Hindi workshops in their respectiveoffices to encourage their staff to use Hindiin their official work. Officers of OfficialLanguage Division assisted them inorganizing Hindi workshops and providedthem necessary guidance in this regard.

14.36 Monitoring : The overall monitoringregarding the progressive use of Hindi inthe Ministry of Defence Secretariat, thethree Services Headquarters, Inter-ServiceOrganisations and Defence Undertakingsis done by two separate DepartmentalOfficial Language ImplementationCommittees, which meet regularly afterevery three months. These Committeesreview progress made in the subordinateoffices for implementing the OfficialLanguage Policy of the Union moreeffectively. The Committee of Parliamenton Official Language visited various

120

124

Defence Organisations located all over thecountry including Delhi, Faridabad,Coimbatore, Jodhpur, Hyderabad, Mumbaietc. for conducting Official Languageinspections.

14.37 Hindi Pakhwara : A Hindi Pakhwara wasobserved during September 1-14, 2002 inthe Ministry as well as in its subordinateoffices and Defence Undertakings. Themessage issued on this occasion by theHome Minister, Raksha Mantri andCabinet Secretary were circulated amongall officers and staff of the Ministry as alsoamong three Services Headquarters andvarious Defence Organisations spread allover the country. The officers and staffwere motivated to do their official workin Hindi. To achieve this end, variouscompetitions were organized during thefortnight in which 224 officialsparticipated and out of which, 107 officialswere selected for award of prizesamounting to Rs. 43,700/-. The Pakhwarawas followed, in the later part of the year,by Prize Distribution Function, HindiWorkshops, Official Language Inspections,Personal Contact Programmes, meetingsof Official Language ImplementationCommittees etc.

14.38 Salahkar Samities : There are two HindiSalahkar Samities in the Ministry ofDefence – one for the Department ofDefence and Department of DefenceResearch & Development and the other forthe Department of Defence Production &Supplies. The meetings of theseCommittees are organized from time totime.

DEFENCE COOPERATION WITHFOREIGN COUNTRIES

14.39 Strengthening of defence cooperation withfriendly countries is an important objectiveand component of our overall foreign anddefence policies. The threat posed by globaland cross-border terrorism, and theconsequent changes that have taken placein the international and regional politicaland strategic environment, have broughtabout a greater convergence of securityperceptions and prompted closer defence-related contacts, exchanges andcooperation with a widening group ofcountries.

14.40 A snapshot view of India’s bilateral defencerelations as they evolved in 2002-03 isindicated in the succeeding paragraphs.

14.41 Defence relations with India’s immediateneighbours have already been covered inthe context of Chapter-I on ‘SecurityEnvironment’. A brief synopsis of defence,military and security-related exchangesduring the year is summarized below.

14.42 With China, attempts to improve thebilateral relationship in the political,economic and defence-related spheresamongst others, continued. Defenceexchanges with China which had resumedafter the visit of former PM Rajiv Gandhiin 1988, were suspended after India’snuclear tests in May, 1998. They resumedthereafter with a visit by an Indian navalship to Shanghai in September 2000. In2002, China and India exchanged twomilitary delegations each. Indian officersalso participated in the National Security

and Military Command Course at theNDU, Beijing.

14.43 With regard to India’s eastern neighbours,the Chief of Army Staff of India visitedNepal in May 2002 and Bhutan inSeptember 2002. The Chief of Army Staffof Nepal visited India in December 2002.These visits affirmed the traditional bondsof friendship and goodwill between Indiaand the two close neighbours and India’scommitment to help Nepal in maintainingits internal security. The Chief of Air Staffof Bangladesh visited India in March 2003to promote goodwill between the twoarmed forces. A defence delegation fromIndia visited Myanmar in September 2002to explore fresh areas of cooperationbetween India and Myanmar.

14.44 The Chief of Air Staff of India visited SriLanka in February 2003. The visit helpedboth sides review mutual areas of concernin the strategic and security environmentof both countries. Possible new initiativesfor defence cooperation were alsodiscussed.

14.45 The Minister of State for Defence andNational Security of Maldives visited Indiain December 2002. India’s ongoing defencecooperation with Maldives in mattersrelated to security and defence training, aswell as defence equipment was reviewedformally. Potential areas for defencecooperation such as hydrographic surveyswere also discussed.

14.46 The Central Asian Republics are importantnations in India’s extended strategicneighbourhood. Developments in the

121

125

region have a direct bearing on our securityinterests. India shares deep-rootedhistorical and cultural ties with thesesocieties and is engaged in an endeavourto further develop them. India wasamongst the first to establish diplomaticrelations in all the Central Asian States.

14.47 Raksha Mantri visited Tajikistan in April2002 during the course of which India andTajikistan signed a Defence CooperationAgreement. The Deputy Defence Ministerof Tajikistan visited India in December2002. Ongoing defence cooperationactivities relating to training, defencesupplies and industry were reviewed andadvanced during the visit.

14.48 India and Uzbekistan share similarsecurity concerns and offer goodpotential for defence cooperation. TheIndian Chief of Air Staff visitedUzbekistan in September 2002. This wasfollowed up by a visit by Raksha Mantriin February 2003, the first by an IndianDefence Minister to Uzbekistan,cementing an ongoing mutuallybeneficial relationship and identifyingfuture areas of cooperation in the area ofsecurity and defence for follow up.

14.49 In view of its advanced defence industry,the prospects for cooperation withKazakhstan in the sphere of defenceindustry and technology are also high. ADefence Cooperation Agreement, signedwith Kazakhstan in June 2002 during thePrime Minister’s visit to Kazakhstan, isexpected to give a fillip to such cooperationbetween the two countries.

14.50 The Persian Gulf and West Asian regionrepresent a vital part of India’s strategicneighbourhood, especially in terms ofIndia’s energy security. The region also hasa large expatriate Indian population. Indiahas, therefore, a strong national interest inpeace and stability in this region.

14.51 India shares a historically uniquerelationship with Oman that extends to adesire on both sides for a deeper defencerelationship. In the past, some of Oman’sneed for medical personnel for the armedforces were fulfilled by Indian armed forcesmedical staff. Oman has also been invitingIndian officers as observers at its jointmilitary exercises with other nations.Raksha Mantri visited Oman in October,2002 and held discussions on defencecooperation issues and other matters ofmutual security interest.

14.52 The defence relationship between India andIsrael has been growing steadily. The firstmeeting of the Joint India-Israel WorkingGroup on Defence Cooperation formed toinstitutionalize such cooperation, was heldin Israel in September, 2002.

14.53 The President of Iran was the Chief Guestat India’s Republic Day celebrations on 26th

January, 2003. The President’s delegationto India included the Minister of Defenceof Iran. Possibilities of bilateral defencecooperation were discussed during thisvisit. The Indian Naval Chief also made agoodwill visit to Iran in January, 2003.

14.54 As part of India’s ‘Look East’ foreign policy,defence cooperation forms an importantcomponent of our relations with countries

of South East Asia. Its strategic location,and challenges posed by instability andterrorism in the region, make it an area ofcooperative security interest for India.India’s increasing engagement with theASEAN countries has also witnessed anupsurge in cooperation in the defencesector. Mutual complementarities are beingexplored in such relations with manycountries of this region such as Singapore,Laos, Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia,Indonesia and Philippines.

14.55 Raksha Mantri participated in the AsianSecurity Conference in June 2002 inSingapore organized by InternationalInstitute of Strategic Studies (UK), whichwas also attended by the Defence Ministersand senior defence officials of the US, UK,Japan, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore,Indonesia, Malaysia and Philippinesamongst others. India and Singapore alsoevinced strong mutual interest in raisingtheir level of defence cooperation. The 10th

India-Singapore joint naval exercise washeld in Kochi in March 2003. The SingaporeNavy Chief of Staff also visited Indiaduring the occasion.

14.56 An Agreement on defence cooperationbetween India and Laos was signed duringthe visit of Prime Minister to Laos inNovember 2002. The Agreement providesthe institutional framework for futurebilateral defence cooperation. The LaoMinister of National Defence visited Indiain January 2003 to enhance defence tiesbetween India and Laos primarily in thearea of military training for the Lao defenceservices.

122

126

14.57 India and Malaysia have a long-standingmechanism to discuss and explorepossibilities for defence cooperation. The4th meeting of Malaysia-India DefenceCommittee was held in New Delhi fromSeptember 12-13, 2002. The Committeediscussed possibilities of cooperation indefence production and maintenance,training and sharing of information oncommon defence equipment amongstother things.

14.58 During the visit of the Secretary forNational Defence of Philippines to Indiaat the Defence Expo last February, bothcountries affirmed their desire to increasedefence cooperation setting the momentumfor further exchanges. The PhilippinesChief of Army visited India in August 2002.Defence-related contacts with the countriesof the ASEAN continued including ahydrographic survey with in Indonesianwaters, goodwill visits by Indian navalships at Indonesian, Philippines and Thaiports.

14.59 The East Asia/Pacific region has notfeatured very prominently in the bilateraldefence cooperation matrix of India.However, the year 2002-03 witnessedincreased contact with countries in thisregion such as Japan, Republic of Korea,Australia and New Zealand.

14.60 A common interest of India and Japan inensuring the safety and security of sea-lanes in the Indian Ocean especially inrelation to piracy and transnational crimeshas led to greater interaction between theirrespective Navies and Coast Guardorganizations. Raksha Mantri visited Japan

in July 2002 and held wide-rangingdiscussions in areas of mutual strategicinterest with the Defence Minister of Japan.The Chief of Air Force of Japan visited Indiain December, 2002. The two have also beeninteracting closely in the context of the ARF.These and other contacts have raised thelevel of familiarity with, and goodwill for,each other in the security and defencespheres.

14.61 India and Australia resumed theirdefence and security-related dialogueand contacts in 2001. Raksha Mantri metthe Australian Defence Minister duringthe Asia Security Conference atSingapore in June 2002. The DefenceSecretary of Australia visited India inAugust 2002. The Indian Chief of NavalStaff visited Australia in November 2002.Defence representatives participated inthe Second Session of the India-AustraliaStrategic Dialogue held in Canberra,March 2003. These exchanges help toprovide a better appreciation of eachother ’s security concerns and identifypossible areas of cooperation.

14.62 Russia has a historically close defencerelationship with India. Both at the politicaland defence level, India’s relationship withRussia is characterized by continuity, trustand mutual understanding. A significantlylarge proportion of Army, Navy and AirForce platforms are of Soviet/Russianorigin. Many new acquisitions are beingplanned from Russia.

14.63 Raksha Mantri visited Russia in April 2002.During the visit, wide-ranging discussionswere held with the Russian leadership

regarding ongoing defence cooperationissues. The Chief of Naval Staff also visitedRussia in August 2002, to discuss andprogress navy-related issues.

14.64 The Third Meeting of the Indo-RussianInter-Governmental Commission onMilitary-Technical Cooperation led byRaksha Mantri, was held in Moscow fromJanuary 15-17, 2003 in which ongoing andfuture defence cooperation activities werereviewed and discussed. Protocols werealso signed at various levels between theIndian and the Russian side covering theseissues.

14.65 The close military ties of some of thecountries in Central and East Europe withthe erstwhile Soviet Union, and their newpartnerships, offer significant opportunitiesfor defence cooperation. India has beenactively engaged on defence matters in thisregion with Ukraine, Belarus, Poland,Bulgaria and the Czech Republic, amongstothers.

14.66 Ukraine has a sizable defence industryestablishment with many areas of interestto the Indian Armed Forces. The Chief ofAir Force visited Ukraine in September2002. The Ukraine President, along with theUkraine Defence Minister, visited India inOctober 2002. Raksha Mantri helddiscussions with the Ukraine DefenceMinister on enhancing ties between the twodefence establishments.

14.67 A defence delegation from Belarusaccompanied the Belarus Prime Ministerduring his official visit to India inSeptember 2002 and held discussions with

123

127

Raksha Mantri on prospective areas ofbilateral defence cooperation.

14.68 Similarly, there is a good scope for defencecooperation between India and Poland. Adefence delegation led by the Minister ofState for National Defence accompanied thePrime Minister of Poland who visited Indiain February 2003. An agreement oncooperation in the field of defence was signedbetween India and Poland during the visit.

14.69 India has an active strategic dialogue withits principal interlocutors in WesternEurope and also a mutually beneficialdefence relationship covering a wideningrange of activities including trainingexchanges, joint exercises and defenceprocurement, production and R&D. TheNinth Round of the Indo-French StrategicDialogue held on January 6, 2003 in NewDelhi discussed issues of mutual concernincluding defence cooperation. The FifthRound of the Indo-French High Committeeon Defence held in Paris in November 2002focused on an in-depth review of bilateralcooperation and steps to further deepen anddiversify cooperation in the defence area.The visit of the French Prime Minister Mr.Jean Pierre Raffarin to India on February 6-7, 2003 and his presence at the ‘Aero India2003’ is indicative of the value attached byboth countries to cooperation in the field ofdefence. Four joint collaboration agreementsbetween French and Indian defenceindustries were signed during the occasion.A joint naval exercise, ‘Varuna’ wasconducted off Goa in May 2002 witnessedby the French Navy Chief and a major jointair exercise ‘Garuda’ was conducted at

Gwalior in February 2003 at which theFrench Chief of Air Staff was also present.

14.70 The year saw a continued intensification ofdefence cooperation with the UnitedKingdom. UK Defence Secretary Mr. GeoffHoon, visited India in July 2002 and heldwide-ranging discussions with RakshaMantri, External Affairs Minister andNational Security Advisor. At the officiallevel, interaction has centered around thebilateral Defence Consultative Group(DCG), which meets annually. The DCGidentified several areas for joint initiatives.Other exchanges during the year includethe visit of the Joint Chief of IntegratedDefence Staff to UK in April, 2002, and thevisit of the UK Minister for DefenceProcurement in February 2003 to attend theAero India, 2003.

14.71 Raksha Mantri visited Italy fromSeptember 18-22, 2002. The Italian DefenceMinister Mr. Antonio Martino paid a returnvisit to India from February 2-5, 2003. ADefence Cooperation Agreement intendedto step up defence cooperation was signed.Institutional contacts with Italy at theservice level through the Joint DefenceCommittee, last held in June 2002, havebeen regular. Chief of Army Staff GeneralS. Padmanabhan visited Italy and Francein October-November 2002.

14.72 The year also witnessed an impetus todefence contacts with Germany. TheGerman Air Force Chief, Gerhard Back,visited India in October 2002, the first by aGerman Service Chief since 1992. Thesecond round of bilateral military staff talkswas held in Berlin in August 2002.

14.73 United States-India defence ties have beenwarming up over the last few years after ahiatus in mid-1998. Such cooperationreceived a significant boost in 2002-03manifested in the large number of highlevel visits that took place on both sides.The US Chairman, Joint Chief of Staffvisited India in February, 2002. The IndianChief of Army Staff visited the US in April,2002, the Chief of Air Staff in June, 2002and the Chief of Naval Staff in September,2002. The US Army Chief visited India inFebruary, 2003.

14.74 The 4th Indo-US Defence Policy Groupmeeting was held in May, 2002. Manysignificant initiatives were taken duringthis meeting. These included plans for jointmilitary exercises including joint patrollingof high density sea lanes, combatingterrorism, weapons and equipmentsupplies from the US, environmentalsecurity, defence technology cooperation,humanitarian relief and disaster response,search and rescue activities, cyber- security,etc. Joint air exercises with the US wereconducted at Agra in May and October,2002. Airborne exercises consisting ofIndian Army and Air Force units and USARPAC units were held in Alaska inOctober, 2002. The 4th Indo-US bilateralnaval exercises conducted off Kochi inSeptember-October 2002. As a follow up tothe May 2002 DPG meeting, the ExecutiveSteering Groups of the Air Force, Army andNavy of both countries met in November2002, December 2002, and January 2003respectively and chalked out a largenumber of mutual action plans that wereratified at the February 2003 meeting of the

124

128

Military Cooperation Group of bothcountries.

14.75 The continent of Africa has manycountries with which India has had deephistorical and political bonds, includingthose linked to India’s stance againstcolonialism and apartheid and India’srole in the Non-Aligned Movement.Many of these countries in this regionhave had close defence traininginteraction with Indian military training

establishments. There are alsoopportunities for sourcing defenceequipment from some countries andsupplying equipment to others.

14.76 Among the African nations, South Africais a country with which India hassignificant defence ties. This country hasemerged as an important supplier ofdefence equipment. Defence cooperationbetween the two countries has beensubstantial and continues to grow steadily.

The third India-South Africa DefenceCommittee meeting was held in SouthAfrica in November, 2002. Securityperceptions were exchanged andopportunities for sourcing equipment, co-production, training etc. advanced. TheChief of Naval Staff visited South Africain February 2003, followed by the visit ofthe Chief of the South African Army toIndia strengthening the bonds of defencecooperation between Indian and SouthAfrican armed forces.

14.77 The Republic of Mauritius is strategicallylocated in the Indian Ocean. India andMauritius have been cooperating indefence-related activities, such as supplyof defence equipment by India, technicalsupport for Mauritius naval vessels, CoastGuard related cooperation, trainingactivities, etc. The Mauritius PrimeMinister’s visit to India in January 2003included a specific visit to the WesternNaval Command. The Indian Chief ofNaval Staff visited Mauritius in February2003. A number of on-going defencecooperation issues were reviewed duringthe visit.

14.78 As would be evident from the above, duringthe year 2002-03 the India’s defencecooperation engagement with the countriesof the world increased very significantly. Thegrowth of defence cooperation with partnerswas driven by strategic, security, political andcommercial considerations. They are alsoreflective of a perception by many nations ofIndia as a force for peace, moderation andstability in the region and beyond.

Indo-US Joint Exercise

125

129

15ACTIVITIES AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF VIGILANCE UNITS.........................................................................................................................................................`................................................................................................

15.1 The Vigilance Division in the Ministry ofDefence deals with vigilance casesinvolving Group ‘A’ Civilian officersworking in the Ministry of Defence. Foradministrative convenience, the vigilancework in respect of the Department ofDefence and the Defence Research &Development Organisation is being lookedafter by one Chief Vigilance Officer and inrespect of the Department of DefenceProduction and Supplies by another ChiefVigilance Officer. The Vigilance Divisionlooks after all vigilance matters andprovides link between the Ministry/Department and the Central VigilanceCommission (CVC). The Vigilance Divisionis responsible for regular and surpriseinspection of sensitive spots, review andstreamlining of procedure and initiatingother measures for combating corruption.The complaints received through the PrimeMinister ’s Office and Raksha Mantri’sComplaint Box are also being dealt by theVigilance Division.

REDRESSAL OF PUBLIC GRIEVANCES

15.2 The public grievances pertaining to theMinistry of Defence as a whole arereceived by the Vigilance Division of the

Ministry of Defence through theDepartment of Administrative Reformsand Public Grievances. Thesegrievances are also received from thepetitioners directly. All these grievancesare reviewed on a fortnightly basisregularly. The names of vigilance officersof various subordinate organizations ofMinistry of Defence have been put onMOD Website.

OBSERVANCE OF VIGILANCEAWARENESS WEEK

15.3 In accordance with the directives issued bythe CVC, Vigilance Week commencingfrom October 31, 2002 to November 6, 2002was observed in the Ministry, DefencePublic Sector Undertakings, Attached andSubordinate Offices as per the followingprogrammes :

(a) Pledge

All employees including officers tooka pledge administered by the DefenceSecretary in the South Block.Messages received from ChiefVigilance Commissioner andVigilance Commissioner were readout after the pledge.

(b) Banners and Posters

In order to sensitize the officials andthe public to vigilance, banners andposters were displayed at primelocations.

(c) Programmes on VigilanceAwareness

Programmes on vigilance awarenesswere conducted in all offices underthe control of the Ministry of Defenceand prominent personalitiesaddressed the gathering at variouslocations.

(d) Essay/Slogan Writing on Anti-corruption

Competitions were organized duringthe week through essays and sloganson vigilance and anti-corruption.Similar competitions were organizedin some of the schools and collegesrun by the Defence Public SectorUndertakings and Defencedepartments.

(e) Prizes

The Vigilance Awareness Programmeconcluded with the distribution ofprizes to the winners.

126

16EMPOWERMENT & WELFARE OF WOMEN..........................................................................................................................................................................................

Lady Cadets Passing Out from Officers Training Academy, Chennai

16.1 The role of women in Defence has beenincreasing steadily. Already there waspresence of women in Defence ProductionUnits, Defence Research & DevelopmentLaboratories and also as Doctors & NursingOfficers in Armed Forces. With inductionof women in various non-combatant armsof Armed Forces like logistics, judicial etc.,a larger role is envisaged for women inDefence.

16.2 Women Special Entry Scheme(WSES) hasbeen introduced for women to join asofficers in non-combatant arms of theArmed Forces. WSES has also beenextended to widows of Service officerskilled in action. Eligible women arerecruited as officers on Short ServiceCommission basis in various branches ofArmy, Navy and Air Force.

16.3 Women are playing important role inDefence Research & Development.Qualified women scientists and technicalofficers and staff are actively involved invarious research projects. A number ofsenior women scientists are heading

important research Divisions in the variousDefence Laboratories/Establishments.

16.4 A separate forum of Women in PublicSector (WIPS) has been established inDefence Public Sector Undetakings underthe ageis of Standing Conference of PublicEnterprises (SCOPE) to assist the DPSUsin harnessing the full potential of womenemployees, to play a catalytic role inimproving the status of women in andaround DPSUs. DPSUs have providedcertain facilities to working women, suchas crèches for the children of workingwomen, lunch and rest rooms for them andgrievances cells for the welfare of workingwomen. Besides this, mechanism has beenset up to check sexual harassment ofworking women in production units.

16.5 Creation of opportunities for women is notenough for their optimal participation inDefence. It is also important that conducivework environment and appropriateworking conditions are provided to them.Though the service conditions of theArmed Forces are different, Ministry ofDefence has taken several steps in thisregard. The manpower/ human resourcedevelopment policies followed in theMinistry of Defence make no distinction/discrimination on the grounds of sex.

16.6 The guidelines of Hon’ble Supreme Courtto prevent sexual harassment at workplacefor working women to perform their dutieshonourably and without fear, are beingimplemented in the Armed Forces, InterService Organisations, Defence PublicSector Undertakings and DefenceLaboratories/Establishments.

16.7 In pursuance of these directions,‘Complaints Committees’ have beenconstituted at the Headquarters as well asat Units levels for redressal of complaintsreceived from women employees and toreview matters relating to safeguard ofwomen. The provisions of various rulesand regulations have been amended on thelines of the guidelines laid down by theSupreme Court.

16.8 The guidelines of National Commission forWomen (NCW) are also being implementedand the Women Cell of Ministry of Defence,with assistance of 23 Nodal Women Cellsspread all over the country, is functioningeffectively. The Women Cells look intospecific grievances of women employees.

16.9 Every effort is made to ensure thatappropriate working conditions areprovided for women. Major DPSUs/Laboratories have provision for crèches andrestrooms for the women employees. In theDPSUs transport facility is also availableto women employees residing within fivekms of their work place.

Woman Officer in Training Woman Officer at Work

128

132

16.10 Lecture programmes on topics like legalrights, psychology of working women,family counseling, art of living and stressmanagement are arranged through theforum of Women In Public Sector (WIPS).Representation of women in variousforums like Trade Unions, Consumer Co-operative Societies, House BuildingSocieties, Committees of Sports, Canteenetc. has also increased considerably to takeup matters pertaining to development ofthe women employees and associatedactivities.

16.11 Ministry of Defence has some specialpension schemes for the widows of Servicepersonnel through which the widows of theArmed Forces personnel died in war/ warlike operations/ counter insurgencyoperations/ in incidents involving armedhostilities or on account of causesattributable to or aggravated by service, aregranted Liberalised Family Pension/Ordinary Family Pension/ Special FamilyPension even after remarriage, subject tocertain conditions.

Map Reading

129

133

APPENDIX-IMATTERS DEALT WITH BY THE DEPARTMENTS OF THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE

1. Defence of India and every part thereofincluding preparation for defence and allsuch acts as may be conducive in times ofwar to its prosecution and after itstermination to effective demobilization.

2. The Armed Forces of the Union, namely,the Army, the Navy, the Air Force.

3. Integrated Headquarters of the Ministry ofDefence comprising Army Headquarters,Naval Headquarters, Air Headquarters andDefence Staff Headquarters.

4. The Reserves of the Army, Navy and AirForce.

5. Territorial Army.

6. The National Cadet Corps.

7. Works relating to Army, Navy, Air Forceand Ordnance Factories.

8. Remounts, Veterinary and FarmsOrganisation.

9. Canteen Stores Department (India).

10. Civilian Services paid from DefenceEstimaters.

11. Hydrographic Surveys and preparation ofnavigational charts.

12. Formation of Cantonments, delimitation/excision of Cantonment areas, local self-

government in such areas, the constitutionand powers within such areas ofCantonment Boards and authorities and theregulation of house accommodation(including the control of rents) in such areas.

13. Acquisition, requisitioning, custodyand relinquishment of land and propertyfor defence purposes. Eviction ofunauthorized occupants from defence landand property.

14. Matters relating to ex-Servicemenincluding pensioners.

15. Defence Accounts Department.

16. Administration of :-

(i) the Pension Regulations for the Army,1961 (Parts I and II);

(ii) the Pension Regulations for the AirForce, 1961 (Parts I and II);

(iii) the Navy (Pension) Regulations,1964; and

(iv) the Entitlement Rules to CasualtyPensionary Awards to the ArmedForces Personnel, 1982.

17. Purchase of foodstuffs for militaryrequirements and their disposal excludingthose entrusted to Ministry of food andCivil Supplies (Department of Food).

18. All matters relating to Coast Guard

Organisation, including :-

(i) Surveillance of maritime zonesagainst oil spills;

(ii) Combating oil spills in variousmaritime zones, except in the watersof ports and within 500 metres of off-shore exploration and productionplatforms, coastal refineries andassociated facilities such as SingleBuoy Mooring (SBM), Crude OilTerminal (COT) and pipelines;

(iii) Central; Coordinating Agency forCombating of Oil Pollution in thecoastal and marine environment ofvarious maritime zones;

(iv) Implementation of NationalContingency Plan for oil spilldisaster; and

(v) Undertaking oil spill prevention andcontrol, inspection of ships andoffshore platforms in the country,except within the limits of ports asempowered by the MerchantShipping Act, 1958.

19. Matters relating to diving and relatedactivities in the country.

20. The following inter-Service Organisationsfunction under the Ministry of Defence:

(i) Military Engineer Services.

130

134

(ii) Armed Forces Medical Services.

(iii) Directorate General of DefenceEstates.

(iv) Office of the Chief AdministrativeOfficer.

(v) Directorate of Public Relations.

(vi) Army Purchase Organisation.

(vii) Services Sports Control Board.

(viii) Armed Sports Control Board.

(ix) Armed Forces Films and PhotoDivision.

(x) School of Foreign Languages.

(xi) History Division.

(xii) National Defence College.

(xiii) College of Defence Management.

(xiv) Ministry of Defence Library.

B. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE PRODUCTION & SUPPLIES

1. Ordnance Factory Board and OrdnanceFactories.

2. Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL).

3. Bharat Electronics Limited(BEL)

4. Mazgon docks Limited (MDL).

5. Garden Reach Shipbuilders & EngineersLimited(GRSE).

6. Goa Shipyard Limited(GSL)

7. Bharat Dynamics Limited(BDL)

8. Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited(MIDHANI)

9. Bharat Earth Movers Limited (BEML).

10. Directorate General of Quality Assurance(DGQA) including Directorate of TechnicalDevelopment & Production (Air).

11. Standardisation of defence equipments andstores including Directorate ofStandardisation.

12. Development of aeronautics industry andCo-ordination among users other thanthose concerned with the department ofCivil Aviation and the Department ofSpace.

13. Indigenisation, development andproduction of items required for defencepurposes.

14. Procurement exclusive to the defenceservices.

15. Defence exports and internationalCooperation in defence production.

C. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

1. Apprising, assessing and advising RakshaMantri on the influence on NationalSecurity of Emerging developments inSciences and Technology.

2. Rendering advice to Raksha Mantri and tothe three services and inter-services andinter-Services Organizations on all scientificaspects of weapons; weapon platforms;military operations; surveillance; supportand logistics, in all likely theatres of conflict.

3. To function, with the concurrence of theMinistry of External Affairs, as the nodalco-ordinating agency of the Ministry ofDefence on all matters relating toinstruments of Accord with foreign

Government relating to the acquisition oftechnologies whose export to India is thesubject of national security related controlsof foreign Governments.

4. Formulation and execution of programmesof scientific research and design,development, test and evaluation, in fieldsof relevance to national security.

5. Direction and administration of agencies,laboratories, establishments, ranges,facilities; programmes and projects of theDepartment.

6. Aeronautical Development Agency.

7. All matters relating to certification of thedesign air worthiness of military aircraft,their equipment and stores.

8. All matters relating to the protection andtransfer of technology generated by theactivities of the Department.

9. Scientific analysis support andparticipation in acquisition and evaluationproceedings of all weapons systems andrelated technologies proposed to beacquired by the Ministry of Defence.

10. To render advice on the technological andintellectual property aspects of the importof technology by production units andenterprises manufacturing, or proposing tomanufacture, equipment and stores for theArmed Services.

11. To deal with reference made under section35 of the Patents Act, 1970 (39 of 1970).

12. Financial & other material assistance toindividuals, institutions and bodies

131

135

corporate, for study and for the training ofmanpower on aspects of Science andTechnology that bear on national security.

13. In consultation with the Ministry ofExternal Affairs, international relations inmatters connected with the role of Scienceand Technology in national securityincluding:-

(i) matters relating to relations withResearch Organizations of othercountries and with Inter-Governmental agencies, particularlythose which concern themselves, interalia, with the scientific andtechnological aspects of nationalsecurity.

(ii) arrangement with Universities,educational and research-orientedinstitutions or bodies corporateabroad to provide for foreignscholarships and the training ofIndian scientists and technologiesunder the administrative control ofthe Department.

14. Execution of works and purchase of lands

debitable to the budget of the Department.

15. All matters relating to personnel under thecontrol of the Department.

16. Acquisition of all types of stores,equipment and services debitable to thebudget of the Department.

17. Financial sanctions relating to theDepartment.

18. Any other activity assigned to, accepted by,the Department through understandings orarrangements with any other Ministry,Department Agency of the Government ofIndia whose activities have a bearing onthe scientific and technological aspect ofnational security.

D. DEFENCE (FINANCE) DIVISION

1. To examine all Defence matters having afinancial bearing.

2. To render financial advice to the variousfunctionaries of Ministry of Defence andthe Service Headquarters.

3. To act as integrated finance Division ofMinistry of Defence.

4. To assist in the formulation andimplementation of all Scheme/proposalsinvolving expenditure.

5. To assist in the formulation andimplementation of Defence Plans.

6. To prepare Defence budget and otherestimates for the Defence Services and tomonitor the progress of the Schemesagainst the budget.

7. To exercise post-budget vigilance to ensurethat there are neither considerableshortfalls in expenditure nor unforeseenexcesses.

8. To advise heads of branches of the ArmedForces Headquarters in the discharge oftheir financial responsibility.

9. To function as the accounting authority forDefence Services.

10. To prepare the Appropriation Accounts forthe Defence Services.

11. To discharge the responsibility forpayments and internal audit of Defenceexpenditure through the Controller GeneralDefence Accounts.

132

APPENDIX-IIMINISTERS, CHIEFS OF STAFF AND SECRETARIES

WHO WERE IN POSITION FROM APRIL 1, 2002 ONWARDS

...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

RAKSHA MANTRIShri George Fernandes From October 15, 2001 onwards

RAKSHA RAJYA MANTRIShri UV Krishnam Raju From July 23, 2001 to July 1, 2002Shri Chaman Lal Gupta From July 1, 2002 onwards

RAKSHA UTPADAN RAJYA MANTRIShri Harin Pathak From October 15, 2001 to January 29, 2003Prof. O. Rajagopal From January 29, 2003 onwards

Defence Secretary Chief of Army StaffShri Yogendra Narain General S. Padmanabhan,From October 20, 2000 to June 30, 2002 PVSM, AVSM, VSM, ADC

From September 30, 2000 to December 31, 2002Shri Subir DuttaFrom June 30, 2002 onwards General N.C. Vij,

PVSM, UYSM, AVSM, ADCSecretary Defence Production and Supplies From December 31, 2002 onwardsShri Subir DuttaFrom December 1, 2000 to June 30, 2002 Chief of Naval Staff

Admiral Madhvendra Singh,Shri P.M. Nair PVSM, AVSM, ADCFrom July 1, 2002 to July 24, 2002 From December 31, 2001 onwards

Shri A.M. Nimbalkar Chief of Air StaffFrom August 1, 2002 to September 30, 2002 Air Chief Marshal S. Krishnaswamy,

PVSM, AVSM, VM and Bar, ADCShri N.S. Sisodia From December 31, 2001 onwardsFrom October 1, 2002 onwards

Secretary DR&D and Scientific Advisor to Raksha MantriDr. V.K. AtreFrom December 29, 1999 onwards

Secretary (Defence Finance)Shri M. KumaraswamiFrom March 1, 2002 to July 31, 2002

Shri Biswajit BanerjeeFrom August 1, 2002 onwards

133

Troops in Desert